introduction - shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 ·...
TRANSCRIPT
![Page 1: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/1.jpg)
Chapter 1
Introduction
Abstract
Polymer nanocomposites are of great importance of today’s scientific world. This
field of science has attracted a lot of attention of the present day scientists. This
introdoctory chapter gives an overview of the recent advances in polymer
nanocomposites. The chapter focuses on the general introduction of the
nanocomposites, their classification and the synthetic routes of nanoparticles and
nanocomposites. The properties of the nanocomposites are covered in the next
section. Specifically the recent literature on polystyrene and ethylene vinyl acetate
based nanocomposites is given in the end. Also the specific objectives of the
present study are elaborated.
Part of this chapter have been communicated for publication in Progress in
Polymer Science
2 Chapter 1
1.1. Introduction
Combining and orienting materials to achieve composite materials with superior
properties are old and well-proven concept; examples of this synergism abound in
nature. For example, wood contains an oriented hard phase for toughness. Other
natural composites are found in teeth, bones, bird feathers and plant leaves. By
defenition a composite is the material created when two or more distinct
components are combined. But this definition is too broad to be useful; even if
limited to polymers, it would include copolymers and blends, reinforced plastics
and materials such as carbon-black filled rubber. Generally composite is a
material consisting of two or more distinct phases with a recognizable interface or
interface boundary. In other words, it is a combination of two or more materials
(reinforcing elements, fillers and composite matrix binders) differing in form or
composition on a macroscale. In a strict sense composites are those materials
formed by aligning extremely strong and stiff continuous fibers in a polymer matrix
or binder. Compared to neat resins, composites have a number of improved
properties including tensile strength, heat distortion temperature and modulus.
Thus, for structural applications, composites have become very popular and are
sold in billion pound quantities. The materials in this class have exceptional
mechanical properties and are often termed advanced composites to distinguish
from chopped fillers or otherwise filled polymers. Composites were used in a wide
variety of applications, as there is a considerable scope for tailoring their structure
to suit the service conditions together with other advantages such as high strength
to weight ratio, low cost etc. The composite materials combine beneficial
properties of its component materials, which are not obtained in one component
by itself.
Composites can be classified with respect to different parameters. The important
ones are described below. The composite material can be classified broadly by
their constituent components. There are mainly three categories of composites:
(a) Natural composite materials: These include wood, bone, bamboo, muscle
and other tissues.
(b) Macro composite (Engineering materials): These include galvanized steel,
reinforced concrete beams, helicopter blades etc.
![Page 2: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/2.jpg)
Chapter 1
Introduction
Abstract
Polymer nanocomposites are of great importance of today’s scientific world. This
field of science has attracted a lot of attention of the present day scientists. This
introdoctory chapter gives an overview of the recent advances in polymer
nanocomposites. The chapter focuses on the general introduction of the
nanocomposites, their classification and the synthetic routes of nanoparticles and
nanocomposites. The properties of the nanocomposites are covered in the next
section. Specifically the recent literature on polystyrene and ethylene vinyl acetate
based nanocomposites is given in the end. Also the specific objectives of the
present study are elaborated.
Part of this chapter have been communicated for publication in Progress in
Polymer Science
2 Chapter 1
1.1. Introduction
Combining and orienting materials to achieve composite materials with superior
properties are old and well-proven concept; examples of this synergism abound in
nature. For example, wood contains an oriented hard phase for toughness. Other
natural composites are found in teeth, bones, bird feathers and plant leaves. By
defenition a composite is the material created when two or more distinct
components are combined. But this definition is too broad to be useful; even if
limited to polymers, it would include copolymers and blends, reinforced plastics
and materials such as carbon-black filled rubber. Generally composite is a
material consisting of two or more distinct phases with a recognizable interface or
interface boundary. In other words, it is a combination of two or more materials
(reinforcing elements, fillers and composite matrix binders) differing in form or
composition on a macroscale. In a strict sense composites are those materials
formed by aligning extremely strong and stiff continuous fibers in a polymer matrix
or binder. Compared to neat resins, composites have a number of improved
properties including tensile strength, heat distortion temperature and modulus.
Thus, for structural applications, composites have become very popular and are
sold in billion pound quantities. The materials in this class have exceptional
mechanical properties and are often termed advanced composites to distinguish
from chopped fillers or otherwise filled polymers. Composites were used in a wide
variety of applications, as there is a considerable scope for tailoring their structure
to suit the service conditions together with other advantages such as high strength
to weight ratio, low cost etc. The composite materials combine beneficial
properties of its component materials, which are not obtained in one component
by itself.
Composites can be classified with respect to different parameters. The important
ones are described below. The composite material can be classified broadly by
their constituent components. There are mainly three categories of composites:
(a) Natural composite materials: These include wood, bone, bamboo, muscle
and other tissues.
(b) Macro composite (Engineering materials): These include galvanized steel,
reinforced concrete beams, helicopter blades etc.
![Page 3: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/3.jpg)
Introduction 3
(c) Micro composite materials: These comprise of metallic alloys, toughened
thermoplastics, sheet molded compounds and reinforced thermoplastics.
The polymeric composites are mainly micro-composites. They are further
classified according to the reinforcement forms into particulate reinforced, fiber
reinforced and laminar composites.
(i) Particulate reinforced composites: These include materials reinforced by
spheres, rods, beads, flakes and many other shapes of roughly equal axes.
The examples are polymeric materials incorporating fillers such as glass
spheres or finely divided powders, polymers with rubber particles etc.
(ii) Fiber reinforced composites: These contain reinforcements having much
greater strength than their cross-sectional dimensions. e.g.: glass fiber
reinforced plastics, carbon fibers in epoxy resins etc.
(iii) Laminar composites: These are composed of two or more layers held together
by the matrix binder. These have two of their dimensions much larger than the
third. e.g.-wooden laminates, glasses, plastics etc.
Particulate composites are classified based on the particle size of the dispersed
phase. More recently, with advances in synthetic techniques and the ability to
readily characterize materials on an atomic scale has generated a lot of interest in
nano-meter size materials. Since nanometre-size grains, fibers and plates have
dramatically increased surface area compared to their conventional-size materials,
the chemistry of these nanosized materials is altered compared to conventional
materials. Thus composites can be classified as micro composites,
nanocomposites and molecular composites.
In 1985 Professor A. Kelly authored an article in Composites Science and
Technology titled ‘‘Composites in Context’’ [1] reviewing the state of the art of the
composite materials. Tremendous developments have been made [2] in many
aspects of composites research and technology during the two decades since the
publication of Kelly’s paper. Recent advances in producing nanostructured
materials with novel material properties have stimulated research to create multi-
functional macroscopic engineering materials by designing structures at the
4 Chapter 1
nanometer scale. Motivated by the recent enthusiasm in nanotechnology,
development of nanocomposites is one of the rapidly evolving areas of
composites research. Nanotechnology can be broadly defined as, ‘‘the creation, processing, characterization, and utilization of materials, devices, and
systems with dimensions on the order of 0.1–100 nm, exhibiting novel and significantly enhanced physical, chemical, and biological properties,
functions, phenomena, and processes due to their nanoscale size’’ [3].
Current interests in nanotechnology encompass nano-biotechnology, nano-
systems, nanoelectronics, and nano-structured materials, of which
nanocomposites are a significant part [4].
The expansion of length scales from meters (finished woven composite parts),
micrometers (fiber diameter), sub-micrometers (fiber/matrix interphase) to
nanometers (nanotube diameter) presents tremendous opportunities for innovative
approaches in the processing, characterization, and analysis/modeling of this new
generation of composite materials. As scientists and engineers seek to make
practical materials and devices from nanostructures, understanding material
behavior across length scales from the atomistic to macroscopic levels is required.
Knowledge of how the nanoscale structure influences the bulk properties will
enable design of the nanostructure to create multi-functional composites.
The challenges in nanocomposites research perhaps can be best illustrated by the
electron micrographs shown in figure 1.1 [5–7], where multi-walled carbon nano-
tubes (MWCNTs, 10–20 nm in diameter) have been deposited on the surface of
carbon fibers (7 µm in diameter) in yarn bundles (measured in millimeters). When
consolidated into a composite, the reinforcement scales span seven orders of
magnitude. Figure 1.2 shows a transmission electron microscope (TEM) image of
the nanocomposite structure near the fiber/matrix interface, where the difference
in reinforcement scales is readily apparent.
![Page 4: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/4.jpg)
Introduction 3
(c) Micro composite materials: These comprise of metallic alloys, toughened
thermoplastics, sheet molded compounds and reinforced thermoplastics.
The polymeric composites are mainly micro-composites. They are further
classified according to the reinforcement forms into particulate reinforced, fiber
reinforced and laminar composites.
(i) Particulate reinforced composites: These include materials reinforced by
spheres, rods, beads, flakes and many other shapes of roughly equal axes.
The examples are polymeric materials incorporating fillers such as glass
spheres or finely divided powders, polymers with rubber particles etc.
(ii) Fiber reinforced composites: These contain reinforcements having much
greater strength than their cross-sectional dimensions. e.g.: glass fiber
reinforced plastics, carbon fibers in epoxy resins etc.
(iii) Laminar composites: These are composed of two or more layers held together
by the matrix binder. These have two of their dimensions much larger than the
third. e.g.-wooden laminates, glasses, plastics etc.
Particulate composites are classified based on the particle size of the dispersed
phase. More recently, with advances in synthetic techniques and the ability to
readily characterize materials on an atomic scale has generated a lot of interest in
nano-meter size materials. Since nanometre-size grains, fibers and plates have
dramatically increased surface area compared to their conventional-size materials,
the chemistry of these nanosized materials is altered compared to conventional
materials. Thus composites can be classified as micro composites,
nanocomposites and molecular composites.
In 1985 Professor A. Kelly authored an article in Composites Science and
Technology titled ‘‘Composites in Context’’ [1] reviewing the state of the art of the
composite materials. Tremendous developments have been made [2] in many
aspects of composites research and technology during the two decades since the
publication of Kelly’s paper. Recent advances in producing nanostructured
materials with novel material properties have stimulated research to create multi-
functional macroscopic engineering materials by designing structures at the
4 Chapter 1
nanometer scale. Motivated by the recent enthusiasm in nanotechnology,
development of nanocomposites is one of the rapidly evolving areas of
composites research. Nanotechnology can be broadly defined as, ‘‘the creation, processing, characterization, and utilization of materials, devices, and
systems with dimensions on the order of 0.1–100 nm, exhibiting novel and significantly enhanced physical, chemical, and biological properties,
functions, phenomena, and processes due to their nanoscale size’’ [3].
Current interests in nanotechnology encompass nano-biotechnology, nano-
systems, nanoelectronics, and nano-structured materials, of which
nanocomposites are a significant part [4].
The expansion of length scales from meters (finished woven composite parts),
micrometers (fiber diameter), sub-micrometers (fiber/matrix interphase) to
nanometers (nanotube diameter) presents tremendous opportunities for innovative
approaches in the processing, characterization, and analysis/modeling of this new
generation of composite materials. As scientists and engineers seek to make
practical materials and devices from nanostructures, understanding material
behavior across length scales from the atomistic to macroscopic levels is required.
Knowledge of how the nanoscale structure influences the bulk properties will
enable design of the nanostructure to create multi-functional composites.
The challenges in nanocomposites research perhaps can be best illustrated by the
electron micrographs shown in figure 1.1 [5–7], where multi-walled carbon nano-
tubes (MWCNTs, 10–20 nm in diameter) have been deposited on the surface of
carbon fibers (7 µm in diameter) in yarn bundles (measured in millimeters). When
consolidated into a composite, the reinforcement scales span seven orders of
magnitude. Figure 1.2 shows a transmission electron microscope (TEM) image of
the nanocomposite structure near the fiber/matrix interface, where the difference
in reinforcement scales is readily apparent.
![Page 5: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/5.jpg)
Introduction 5
Figure 1.1. Variation in reinforcement scales from millimeters to nanometers: (from left) from woven fabric of yarn bundles, to a single carbon fiber with entangled carbon nanotubes grown on the surface [5, 6], to the nanometer diameter and wall structure of the carbon nanotube [7].
A morphological characteristic that is of fundamental importance in the
understanding of the structure–property relationship of nanocomposites is the
surface area/volume ratio of the reinforcement materials. The following section
discusses nanocomposites based upon the three categories of reinforcement
materials: particles (silica, metal, and other organic and inorganic particles),
layered materials (graphite, layered silicate, and other layered minerals), and
fibrous materials (nanofibers and nanotubes).
As illustrated in figure 1.3, the change in particle diameter, layer thickness, or
fibrous material diameter from micrometer to nanometer, changes the ratio by
three orders in magnitude. At this scale, there is often distinct size dependence of
the material properties. In addition, with the drastic increase in interfacial area, the
properties of the composite become dominated more by the properties of the
interface or interphase.
6 Chapter 1
Figure 1.2. TEM micrograph showing the nanotube composite structure directly adjacent to the carbon fiber/polymer matrix interface [6]
Figure 1. 3. Surface area/volume relations for varying reinforcement geometries
1.2. Nanoparticles
Although nanotechnology is widely talked about, there is little consensus about
where the nano-domain begins. In fact, in the recent report [8] by the Royal
Society and the Royal Academy of Engineering in the UK, the definitions of
nanoscience and nanotechnology avoided the use of dimensions at all:
• Nanoscience is the study of phenomena and manipulation of materials at
atomic, molecular, and macromolecular scales, where properties differ
significantly from those at a larger scale.
![Page 6: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/6.jpg)
Introduction 5
Figure 1.1. Variation in reinforcement scales from millimeters to nanometers: (from left) from woven fabric of yarn bundles, to a single carbon fiber with entangled carbon nanotubes grown on the surface [5, 6], to the nanometer diameter and wall structure of the carbon nanotube [7].
A morphological characteristic that is of fundamental importance in the
understanding of the structure–property relationship of nanocomposites is the
surface area/volume ratio of the reinforcement materials. The following section
discusses nanocomposites based upon the three categories of reinforcement
materials: particles (silica, metal, and other organic and inorganic particles),
layered materials (graphite, layered silicate, and other layered minerals), and
fibrous materials (nanofibers and nanotubes).
As illustrated in figure 1.3, the change in particle diameter, layer thickness, or
fibrous material diameter from micrometer to nanometer, changes the ratio by
three orders in magnitude. At this scale, there is often distinct size dependence of
the material properties. In addition, with the drastic increase in interfacial area, the
properties of the composite become dominated more by the properties of the
interface or interphase.
6 Chapter 1
Figure 1.2. TEM micrograph showing the nanotube composite structure directly adjacent to the carbon fiber/polymer matrix interface [6]
Figure 1. 3. Surface area/volume relations for varying reinforcement geometries
1.2. Nanoparticles
Although nanotechnology is widely talked about, there is little consensus about
where the nano-domain begins. In fact, in the recent report [8] by the Royal
Society and the Royal Academy of Engineering in the UK, the definitions of
nanoscience and nanotechnology avoided the use of dimensions at all:
• Nanoscience is the study of phenomena and manipulation of materials at
atomic, molecular, and macromolecular scales, where properties differ
significantly from those at a larger scale.
![Page 7: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/7.jpg)
Introduction 7
• Nanotechnologies are the design, characterization, production and application
of structures, devices and systems by controlling shape and size on the nano
scale.
Figure 1.4. Micrographs of different example nanomaterials: nanopowders of (a) Co; (b) copper oxide; (c) ZnO; and (d) Ag
Nanomaterials cross the boundary between nanoscience and nanotechnology and
link the two areas together, so these definitions are very appropriate. It is
recognized that the size range that provides the greatest potential and, hence, the
greatest interest is that below 100 nm; however, there are still many applications
for which larger particles can provide properties of great interest. Nanoparticles
can come in a wide range of morphologies, from spheres, through flakes and
platelets, to dendritic structures, tubes, and rods. Figure 1.4 shows micrographs of
some examples of nanomaterials. The sophistication of the production processes
for some materials has reached the level in the laboratory where complex three-
dimensional structures such as springs, coils, and brushes have been made [9]
(Figure 1.5).
8 Chapter 1
Figure 1.5. Nanostructures of ZnO synthesized under controlled conditions by thermal evaporation of solid powders [9].
1.3. Nanocomposites
Twenty years ago, the term ‘‘nanocomposite’’ was not very popular. Scientists
used ‘‘hybrid’’ or ‘‘molecular composite’’. Actually, according to World of Science,
the word ‘‘nanocomposite’’ appeared in a paper in the polymer field for the first
time in 1990 when cars equipped with a polymer-clay ‘‘hybrid’’ part were driven
through towns and fields. But since many scientists today use ‘‘nanocomposite’’
instead of ‘‘hybrid’’.
Polymer nanocomposites are polymers that have been reinforced with small
quantities (less than 10%) of nanosized filler particles. The dispersed phase can
be inorganic particles, minerals, modified clays etc. Nanocomposites have been
found to exemplify even more positive attributes than the predecessors do and
thus an understanding of what occurs when nanocomposites of a polymer and
inorganic components are produced is significant. Although particle filled polymer
composites have been extensively studied because of their wide spread
applications in the automobile, household and electrical industries, recently
nanocomposites generate much interest among the various scientists principally,
because of their potential they offer for applications in high performance coatings,
catalysis, electronics, magnetic and biomedical materials. In polymer
nanocomposites research, the primary goal is to enhance the strength and
![Page 8: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/8.jpg)
Introduction 7
• Nanotechnologies are the design, characterization, production and application
of structures, devices and systems by controlling shape and size on the nano
scale.
Figure 1.4. Micrographs of different example nanomaterials: nanopowders of (a) Co; (b) copper oxide; (c) ZnO; and (d) Ag
Nanomaterials cross the boundary between nanoscience and nanotechnology and
link the two areas together, so these definitions are very appropriate. It is
recognized that the size range that provides the greatest potential and, hence, the
greatest interest is that below 100 nm; however, there are still many applications
for which larger particles can provide properties of great interest. Nanoparticles
can come in a wide range of morphologies, from spheres, through flakes and
platelets, to dendritic structures, tubes, and rods. Figure 1.4 shows micrographs of
some examples of nanomaterials. The sophistication of the production processes
for some materials has reached the level in the laboratory where complex three-
dimensional structures such as springs, coils, and brushes have been made [9]
(Figure 1.5).
8 Chapter 1
Figure 1.5. Nanostructures of ZnO synthesized under controlled conditions by thermal evaporation of solid powders [9].
1.3. Nanocomposites
Twenty years ago, the term ‘‘nanocomposite’’ was not very popular. Scientists
used ‘‘hybrid’’ or ‘‘molecular composite’’. Actually, according to World of Science,
the word ‘‘nanocomposite’’ appeared in a paper in the polymer field for the first
time in 1990 when cars equipped with a polymer-clay ‘‘hybrid’’ part were driven
through towns and fields. But since many scientists today use ‘‘nanocomposite’’
instead of ‘‘hybrid’’.
Polymer nanocomposites are polymers that have been reinforced with small
quantities (less than 10%) of nanosized filler particles. The dispersed phase can
be inorganic particles, minerals, modified clays etc. Nanocomposites have been
found to exemplify even more positive attributes than the predecessors do and
thus an understanding of what occurs when nanocomposites of a polymer and
inorganic components are produced is significant. Although particle filled polymer
composites have been extensively studied because of their wide spread
applications in the automobile, household and electrical industries, recently
nanocomposites generate much interest among the various scientists principally,
because of their potential they offer for applications in high performance coatings,
catalysis, electronics, magnetic and biomedical materials. In polymer
nanocomposites research, the primary goal is to enhance the strength and
![Page 9: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/9.jpg)
Introduction 9
toughness of polymeric components using molecular or nanoscale fillers. Most
notable are increased modulus, increased gas barrier, increased heat distortion
temperature, resistance to small molecule permeation, improved ablative
resistance, increase in atomic oxygen resistance and retention of impact strength
etc. Interestingly, these performance improvements are achieved without
increasing the density of the base polymer, without degrading its optical qualities
and without making it any less recyclable. It is a remarkable fact that in addition to
the profound changes in physical properties, which materials display when they
are nanometer in scale, the chemical behavior is profoundly altered as well. When
an inorganic solid is composed of only a few thousands of atoms, it has a great
deal of surface area.
In polymer nanocomposites, a few wt% of each nanofiller is randomly and
homogeneously dispersed on a molecular level in the polymer matrix. When
molded, the mechanical, thermal and barrier properties of these materials are
superior to those of pristine polymers and/or conventional composites. The effects
are very striking, and have become well known since many excellent reviews have
been published [10-13].
In 1985 polymer clay nanocomposites (PCN) was invented at Toyota Central R&D
Labs, Inc. (Toyota) [14,15]. It bore a new concept of polymer nanocomposites,
expanded the field of polymer science including preparation, structure and
interfaces and led to new applications for automotive, electric and food industries.
Passenger cars equipped with a PCN part were launched in 1989, just after 4
years after this discovery. Since then, extensive worldwide research on PCN has
been conducted not only in the industrial sector but also in the academic sector.
Polymers have been successfully reinforced using glass fiber, talc, calcium
carbonate, carbon black and other inorganic fillers. The content of the filler is
usually between 20 and 40 wt% of a composite, and sometimes exceeds 50 wt%
in thermosetting resins. Polymers and fillers are not homogeneously mixed on a
microscopic level, and are composed of different phases. The interface is not
large, and interaction between the polymer (matrix) and the filler is limited.
Takayanagi et al proposed the concept of a molecular composite, on the basis
10 Chapter 1
that if the filler is of molecular size then mechanical properties could be further
improved, and showed an example of a nylon matrix containing aramide fiber
whose content was 5 wt% and diameter was 30 nm [16,17]. They considered that
if platelets of nanometer dimensions were used instead of fibers, the contact
surface would become much larger. Smectite clay minerals, especially
montmorillonite (MMT), are potential candidates for a platelet-type filler for
molecular composites, since they are composed of several layers of silicates.
These silicates are 1 nm thick and have a cross-sectional area of 100 nm2, which
is very small compared to conventional fillers and also aramide fibers. MMT is the
most common and ubiquitous clay mineral, and it is well known that it undergoes
intercalation and swelling in the presence of water and organic cations [18].
Syntheses of polymers in the presence of MMT have previously been reported,
[19-22] but their major component was clay, and these studies were not intended
to improve polymers but rather to focus scientific interest. A small amount of clay
has been proven to be of key importance for nanocomposites. Actually, it was
discovered that when the clay content was less than 5 wt%, such a molecular
composite, hybrid or nanocomposite could be obtained. While some people
classify PCN into the ‘‘intercalated’’ type, where the structure of the clay is
maintained to some extent, and the ‘‘exfoliated’’ type, where silicate is randomly
and homogeneously dispersed, we focus on the latter, because the former may be
considered a conventional composite in many cases.
The structure of MMT is shown in figure 1.6, and scanning electron microscopy
(SEM) photographs of glass fiber and clay in the polymer matrix are shown in
figure 1.7, where the scales of two photos differ by 100 times.
![Page 10: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/10.jpg)
Introduction 9
toughness of polymeric components using molecular or nanoscale fillers. Most
notable are increased modulus, increased gas barrier, increased heat distortion
temperature, resistance to small molecule permeation, improved ablative
resistance, increase in atomic oxygen resistance and retention of impact strength
etc. Interestingly, these performance improvements are achieved without
increasing the density of the base polymer, without degrading its optical qualities
and without making it any less recyclable. It is a remarkable fact that in addition to
the profound changes in physical properties, which materials display when they
are nanometer in scale, the chemical behavior is profoundly altered as well. When
an inorganic solid is composed of only a few thousands of atoms, it has a great
deal of surface area.
In polymer nanocomposites, a few wt% of each nanofiller is randomly and
homogeneously dispersed on a molecular level in the polymer matrix. When
molded, the mechanical, thermal and barrier properties of these materials are
superior to those of pristine polymers and/or conventional composites. The effects
are very striking, and have become well known since many excellent reviews have
been published [10-13].
In 1985 polymer clay nanocomposites (PCN) was invented at Toyota Central R&D
Labs, Inc. (Toyota) [14,15]. It bore a new concept of polymer nanocomposites,
expanded the field of polymer science including preparation, structure and
interfaces and led to new applications for automotive, electric and food industries.
Passenger cars equipped with a PCN part were launched in 1989, just after 4
years after this discovery. Since then, extensive worldwide research on PCN has
been conducted not only in the industrial sector but also in the academic sector.
Polymers have been successfully reinforced using glass fiber, talc, calcium
carbonate, carbon black and other inorganic fillers. The content of the filler is
usually between 20 and 40 wt% of a composite, and sometimes exceeds 50 wt%
in thermosetting resins. Polymers and fillers are not homogeneously mixed on a
microscopic level, and are composed of different phases. The interface is not
large, and interaction between the polymer (matrix) and the filler is limited.
Takayanagi et al proposed the concept of a molecular composite, on the basis
10 Chapter 1
that if the filler is of molecular size then mechanical properties could be further
improved, and showed an example of a nylon matrix containing aramide fiber
whose content was 5 wt% and diameter was 30 nm [16,17]. They considered that
if platelets of nanometer dimensions were used instead of fibers, the contact
surface would become much larger. Smectite clay minerals, especially
montmorillonite (MMT), are potential candidates for a platelet-type filler for
molecular composites, since they are composed of several layers of silicates.
These silicates are 1 nm thick and have a cross-sectional area of 100 nm2, which
is very small compared to conventional fillers and also aramide fibers. MMT is the
most common and ubiquitous clay mineral, and it is well known that it undergoes
intercalation and swelling in the presence of water and organic cations [18].
Syntheses of polymers in the presence of MMT have previously been reported,
[19-22] but their major component was clay, and these studies were not intended
to improve polymers but rather to focus scientific interest. A small amount of clay
has been proven to be of key importance for nanocomposites. Actually, it was
discovered that when the clay content was less than 5 wt%, such a molecular
composite, hybrid or nanocomposite could be obtained. While some people
classify PCN into the ‘‘intercalated’’ type, where the structure of the clay is
maintained to some extent, and the ‘‘exfoliated’’ type, where silicate is randomly
and homogeneously dispersed, we focus on the latter, because the former may be
considered a conventional composite in many cases.
The structure of MMT is shown in figure 1.6, and scanning electron microscopy
(SEM) photographs of glass fiber and clay in the polymer matrix are shown in
figure 1.7, where the scales of two photos differ by 100 times.
![Page 11: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/11.jpg)
Introduction 11
Figure 1.6. Structure of montmorillonite
Figure 1.7. Comparison of size of glass fiber and montmorillonite in Nylon nanocomposites
1.4. Classification
Nanocomposites can be classified according to the nature of the reinforcing agent
such as nanoparticles, nanoplatelets etc. The following section gives a general
idea regarding the various classes of nanocomposites.
12 Chapter 1
1.4.1. Nanoparticle-reinforced composites
Particulate composites reinforced with micron-sized particles of various materials
are perhaps the most widely utilized composites in everyday materials. Particles
are typically added to enhance the matrix elastic modulus and yield strength. By
scaling the particle size down to the nanometer scale, it has been shown that
novel material properties can be obtained. A few systems are reviewed below for
illustrating the resulting modification in matrix properties. Micron-scale particles
typically scatter light making otherwise transparent matrix materials appear
opaque. Naganuma and Kagawa [23] showed in their study of SiO2/epoxy
composites that decreasing the particle size resulted in significantly improved
transmittance of visible light. Singh et al. [24] studied the variation of fracture
toughness of polyester resin due to the addition of aluminium particles of 20, 35
and 100 nm in diameter. They showed that the initial enhancement in fracture
toughness is followed by decreases at higher particle volume fraction. This
phenomenon is attributed to the agglomeration of nanoparticles at higher particle
volume content.
Lopez and co-workers [25] examined the elastic modulus and strength of vinyl
ester composites with the addition of 1, 2 and 3 wt% of alumina particles in the
sizes of 40 nm, 1 µm and 3 µm. For all the particle sizes, the composite modulus
increases monotonically with particle weight fraction. However, the strengths of
composites are all below the strength of neat resin due to non-uniform particle
size distribution and particle aggregation. The work of Thompson et al. [26] on
metal oxide/polyimide nanocomposite films also noted similar difficulties in
processing. Their study utilized antimony tin oxide (11–29 nm), indium tin oxide
(17–30 nm) and yttrium oxide (11–44 nm) in two space-durable polyimides. The
nanoscale additives resulted in higher stiffness, comparable or lower strengths
and elongation, and lower dynamic stiffness (storage modulus). The dispersion of
metal oxides on a nanometer scale was not achieved. Ash et al. [27] studied the
mechanical behavior of alumina particulate/poly(methyl methacrylate) composites.
They concluded that when a weak particle/matrix interface exists, the mode of
yielding for glassy, amorphous polymers changes from cavitational to shear, which
leads to a brittle-to-ductile transition. This behavior is attributed to increased
![Page 12: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/12.jpg)
Introduction 11
Figure 1.6. Structure of montmorillonite
Figure 1.7. Comparison of size of glass fiber and montmorillonite in Nylon nanocomposites
1.4. Classification
Nanocomposites can be classified according to the nature of the reinforcing agent
such as nanoparticles, nanoplatelets etc. The following section gives a general
idea regarding the various classes of nanocomposites.
12 Chapter 1
1.4.1. Nanoparticle-reinforced composites
Particulate composites reinforced with micron-sized particles of various materials
are perhaps the most widely utilized composites in everyday materials. Particles
are typically added to enhance the matrix elastic modulus and yield strength. By
scaling the particle size down to the nanometer scale, it has been shown that
novel material properties can be obtained. A few systems are reviewed below for
illustrating the resulting modification in matrix properties. Micron-scale particles
typically scatter light making otherwise transparent matrix materials appear
opaque. Naganuma and Kagawa [23] showed in their study of SiO2/epoxy
composites that decreasing the particle size resulted in significantly improved
transmittance of visible light. Singh et al. [24] studied the variation of fracture
toughness of polyester resin due to the addition of aluminium particles of 20, 35
and 100 nm in diameter. They showed that the initial enhancement in fracture
toughness is followed by decreases at higher particle volume fraction. This
phenomenon is attributed to the agglomeration of nanoparticles at higher particle
volume content.
Lopez and co-workers [25] examined the elastic modulus and strength of vinyl
ester composites with the addition of 1, 2 and 3 wt% of alumina particles in the
sizes of 40 nm, 1 µm and 3 µm. For all the particle sizes, the composite modulus
increases monotonically with particle weight fraction. However, the strengths of
composites are all below the strength of neat resin due to non-uniform particle
size distribution and particle aggregation. The work of Thompson et al. [26] on
metal oxide/polyimide nanocomposite films also noted similar difficulties in
processing. Their study utilized antimony tin oxide (11–29 nm), indium tin oxide
(17–30 nm) and yttrium oxide (11–44 nm) in two space-durable polyimides. The
nanoscale additives resulted in higher stiffness, comparable or lower strengths
and elongation, and lower dynamic stiffness (storage modulus). The dispersion of
metal oxides on a nanometer scale was not achieved. Ash et al. [27] studied the
mechanical behavior of alumina particulate/poly(methyl methacrylate) composites.
They concluded that when a weak particle/matrix interface exists, the mode of
yielding for glassy, amorphous polymers changes from cavitational to shear, which
leads to a brittle-to-ductile transition. This behavior is attributed to increased
![Page 13: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/13.jpg)
Introduction 13
polymer chain mobility, due to the presence of smaller particles, and also the
capability to relieve tri-axial stress because of poorly bonded larger particles. An
extensive review of the structure–property relationships in nanoparticle/semi-
crystalline thermoplastic composites has been made by Karger-Kocsis et al [28].
1.4.2. Nanoplatelet-reinforced composites
Two types of nanoplatelet-reinforced composites are reviewed: clay and graphite.
In their bulk state, both clay and graphite exist as layered materials. In order to
utilize these materials most efficiently, the layers must be separated and
dispersed throughout the matrix phase. The morphology of clay/polymer
nanocomposites is illustrated in figure 1.8 [29]. In the conventional miscible state,
the interlayer spacing in a clay particle is at its minimum. When polymer resin is
inserted into the gallery between the adjacent layers, the spacing expands, and it
is known as the intercalated state. When the layers are fully separated, the clay is
considered to be exfoliated.
Figure 1.8. Morphologies of polymer/clay nanocomposites: (a) conventional miscible, (b) partially intercalated and exfoliated, (c) fully intercalated and dispersed and (d) fully exfoliated and dispersed [29].
Figure 1.9 shows the TEM image of a montmorillonite poly (L-lactic acid) (PLLA)
matrix nanocomposite, demonstrating intercalated and exfoliated clay layers [30].
Montmorillonite, saponite, and synthetic mica are commonly used clay materials,
14 Chapter 1
and developments in clay-based nanocomposites have been recently reviewed
[31–33]. The advantages of polymer-based clay nanocomposites include
improved stiffness, strength, toughness, and thermal stability as well as reduced
gas permeability and coefficient of thermal expansion. The pioneering work at
Toyota Research Lab has clearly demonstrated that the addition of small amounts
of montmorillonite clay material significantly enhances the tensile strength, tensile
modulus, and heat degradation temperature (HDT), and reduces the rate of water
absorption in the flow direction.
Figure 1.9. TEM micrograph of a montmorillonite poly (L-lactic acid) nanocomposite, showing both intercalated and exfoliated states [30], Copyright (2003) American Chemical Society.
Table 1.1 shows some properties of two commercially available clay particles with
surface modifications [34,35]. The lack of affinity between hydrophilic silicate and
hydrophobic polymer causes agglomeration of the mineral in the polymer matrix.
Surface modification of clay particles facilitates the compatibility. Table 1.2
illustrates the unique performance of Nylon-6/clay hybrid over a wide range of
mechanical and thermal properties, as summarized by Okada and Usuki [35].
![Page 14: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/14.jpg)
Introduction 13
polymer chain mobility, due to the presence of smaller particles, and also the
capability to relieve tri-axial stress because of poorly bonded larger particles. An
extensive review of the structure–property relationships in nanoparticle/semi-
crystalline thermoplastic composites has been made by Karger-Kocsis et al [28].
1.4.2. Nanoplatelet-reinforced composites
Two types of nanoplatelet-reinforced composites are reviewed: clay and graphite.
In their bulk state, both clay and graphite exist as layered materials. In order to
utilize these materials most efficiently, the layers must be separated and
dispersed throughout the matrix phase. The morphology of clay/polymer
nanocomposites is illustrated in figure 1.8 [29]. In the conventional miscible state,
the interlayer spacing in a clay particle is at its minimum. When polymer resin is
inserted into the gallery between the adjacent layers, the spacing expands, and it
is known as the intercalated state. When the layers are fully separated, the clay is
considered to be exfoliated.
Figure 1.8. Morphologies of polymer/clay nanocomposites: (a) conventional miscible, (b) partially intercalated and exfoliated, (c) fully intercalated and dispersed and (d) fully exfoliated and dispersed [29].
Figure 1.9 shows the TEM image of a montmorillonite poly (L-lactic acid) (PLLA)
matrix nanocomposite, demonstrating intercalated and exfoliated clay layers [30].
Montmorillonite, saponite, and synthetic mica are commonly used clay materials,
14 Chapter 1
and developments in clay-based nanocomposites have been recently reviewed
[31–33]. The advantages of polymer-based clay nanocomposites include
improved stiffness, strength, toughness, and thermal stability as well as reduced
gas permeability and coefficient of thermal expansion. The pioneering work at
Toyota Research Lab has clearly demonstrated that the addition of small amounts
of montmorillonite clay material significantly enhances the tensile strength, tensile
modulus, and heat degradation temperature (HDT), and reduces the rate of water
absorption in the flow direction.
Figure 1.9. TEM micrograph of a montmorillonite poly (L-lactic acid) nanocomposite, showing both intercalated and exfoliated states [30], Copyright (2003) American Chemical Society.
Table 1.1 shows some properties of two commercially available clay particles with
surface modifications [34,35]. The lack of affinity between hydrophilic silicate and
hydrophobic polymer causes agglomeration of the mineral in the polymer matrix.
Surface modification of clay particles facilitates the compatibility. Table 1.2
illustrates the unique performance of Nylon-6/clay hybrid over a wide range of
mechanical and thermal properties, as summarized by Okada and Usuki [35].
![Page 15: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/15.jpg)
Introduction 15
Physical properties Cloisite 30B Nanomer 1.28E
Colour Off white White
Density (g/cm3) 1.98 1.90
D spacing (D001), A0 18.5 >20
Aspect Ratio 200-1000 200-500
Surface area (m2/g) 750 750
Mean particle size (µm) 6 8-10
Table 1.1: Properties of clay platelets
Sample Wt% of
clay, MMT
Tensile strength (MPa)
Tensile Modulus (GPa)
Charpy Impact
strength (kJ/m2)
HDT at 18.5 kg/ cm2 (0C)
Rate of water absorption 250C, 1 day
NCH-5 4.2 107 2.1 2.1 152 0.51
NCC-5 5.0 61 1.0 1.0 89 0.90
Nylon-6 0 69 1.1 1.1 65 0.87
Table 1.2: Properties of Nylon 6/ clay nanocomposites [35]
Luo and Daniel [29] have modeled the Young’s modulus of clay nanocomposites
using a three-phase model: epoxy matrix, exfoliated clay nanolayer, and
intercalated clay cluster (parallel platelet system).
16 Chapter 1
Figure 1.10. Comparison of theoretical models with experimental data for nanocomposite elastic modulus [29].
Figure 1.10 shows that the experimental data lie within the upper (Voigt) and lower
(Reuss) bond predictions and coincide fairly well with the Mori–Tanaka and
Eshelby model predictions. The modeling work of Tsai and Sun [36] demonstrated
that well dispersed platelets in the polymer matrix could significantly enhance the
load transfer efficiency in these composites.
The fracture toughness, KIC, of epoxy matrix (DGEBA) composites reinforced with
intercalated (treated clay, ODTMA) and exfoliated (treated clay, MT2EtOH) clay up
to 10 vol% were compared [23]. Miyagawa and Drzal [37] attribute the high
fracture toughness of intercalated clay composites to crack bridging by clay
particles as well as crack defection due to excellent adhesion of clay/epoxy
interface and clay aggregate strength. On the other hand, the fracture of individual
clay platelets in exfoliated clay composites leads to less rough fracture surface
and lower fracture toughness.
In addition to mechanical properties, the thermal stability, fire resistance and gas
barrier properties of polymer/clay nanocomposites can be enhanced through the
addition of nanometer-scale reinforcement. For example, Ogasawara et al. [38]
have investigated the helium permeability of nanoclay for potential applications in
liquid hydrogen tanks and fuel cells. The addition of nanoclay to the epoxy resin
substantially decreased the gas diffusivity as compared with unreinforced epoxy.
The results are consistent with the Hatta-Taya theory and it was revealed that the
dispersion of platelets is more effective than spherical or fiber-like reinforcement in
![Page 16: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/16.jpg)
Introduction 15
Physical properties Cloisite 30B Nanomer 1.28E
Colour Off white White
Density (g/cm3) 1.98 1.90
D spacing (D001), A0 18.5 >20
Aspect Ratio 200-1000 200-500
Surface area (m2/g) 750 750
Mean particle size (µm) 6 8-10
Table 1.1: Properties of clay platelets
Sample Wt% of
clay, MMT
Tensile strength (MPa)
Tensile Modulus (GPa)
Charpy Impact
strength (kJ/m2)
HDT at 18.5 kg/ cm2 (0C)
Rate of water absorption 250C, 1 day
NCH-5 4.2 107 2.1 2.1 152 0.51
NCC-5 5.0 61 1.0 1.0 89 0.90
Nylon-6 0 69 1.1 1.1 65 0.87
Table 1.2: Properties of Nylon 6/ clay nanocomposites [35]
Luo and Daniel [29] have modeled the Young’s modulus of clay nanocomposites
using a three-phase model: epoxy matrix, exfoliated clay nanolayer, and
intercalated clay cluster (parallel platelet system).
16 Chapter 1
Figure 1.10. Comparison of theoretical models with experimental data for nanocomposite elastic modulus [29].
Figure 1.10 shows that the experimental data lie within the upper (Voigt) and lower
(Reuss) bond predictions and coincide fairly well with the Mori–Tanaka and
Eshelby model predictions. The modeling work of Tsai and Sun [36] demonstrated
that well dispersed platelets in the polymer matrix could significantly enhance the
load transfer efficiency in these composites.
The fracture toughness, KIC, of epoxy matrix (DGEBA) composites reinforced with
intercalated (treated clay, ODTMA) and exfoliated (treated clay, MT2EtOH) clay up
to 10 vol% were compared [23]. Miyagawa and Drzal [37] attribute the high
fracture toughness of intercalated clay composites to crack bridging by clay
particles as well as crack defection due to excellent adhesion of clay/epoxy
interface and clay aggregate strength. On the other hand, the fracture of individual
clay platelets in exfoliated clay composites leads to less rough fracture surface
and lower fracture toughness.
In addition to mechanical properties, the thermal stability, fire resistance and gas
barrier properties of polymer/clay nanocomposites can be enhanced through the
addition of nanometer-scale reinforcement. For example, Ogasawara et al. [38]
have investigated the helium permeability of nanoclay for potential applications in
liquid hydrogen tanks and fuel cells. The addition of nanoclay to the epoxy resin
substantially decreased the gas diffusivity as compared with unreinforced epoxy.
The results are consistent with the Hatta-Taya theory and it was revealed that the
dispersion of platelets is more effective than spherical or fiber-like reinforcement in
![Page 17: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/17.jpg)
Introduction 17
improving the nanocomposite barrier properties. Regarding the other layered
material, the exfoliated graphite or graphene sheet has about the same thickness
as exfoliated clay. It shows high tensile modulus, tensile strength, thermal
conductivity, and low electrical resistivity, comparing to clay platelets. The low
electrical resistivity of exfoliated graphite facilitates the conductivity of polymer
composites when a threshold percolation weight content of the conductive phase
is reached. Fukushima and Drzal [39] studied the resistivity of epoxy matrix
(EPON 828) composites with the addition of vapour grown carbon fiber (VGCF),
carbon black, PAN carbon fiber, exfoliated graphite and milled graphite. The
percolation threshold for exfoliated graphite was around 1 wt%. Zheng and co-
workers [40,41] have also reported about reduced percolation thresholds in
exfoliated graphite nanoplatelet/thermoplastic composites. Song et al [42] have
modeled the von Mises stress distribution in graphite/PAN nanocomposites with
respect to the level of exfoliation. They demonstrated the reduction in the
magnitude of stress concentration with layer thickness at the tip of graphite layers,
aligned with the axial tensile load. Such conclusion is similar to those obtained for
short fiber composites where the dispersion of a fiber bundle has the benefit of
reducing the stress concentration in the matrix material at the bundle ends and
thus, the chance of matrix cracking or plastic deformation. The greatly enhanced
electrical conductivity of polymeric material with the addition of small amount of
graphite platelets has found many practical applications. These include
electromagnetic shielding and heat management of electronic and computer
devices or equipment, electrostatic paint for automobiles and polymer sheath of
electric cables [36]. Nanoclay/polypropylene (PP) composites are being used as
functional parts in automobiles.
1.4.3. Nanofiber-reinforced composites
Vapour grown carbon nanofibers (CNF) have been used to reinforce a variety of
polymers, including polypropylene (PP), polycarbonate (PC), nylon, poly(ether
sulfone) (PES), poly(ethylene terephthalate) (PET), poly(phenylene sulfide) (PPS),
acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) and epoxy. Carbon nanofibers are known to
have wide-ranging morphologies, from structures with a disordered bamboo-like
[43] [Figure 1.11(a)] to highly graphitized ‘‘cup stacked’’ [44,45] [Figure 1.11(b)
18 Chapter 1
and 1.11(c)], where the conical shells of the nanofiber are nested within each
other. Carbon nanofibers typically have diameters on the order of 50–200 nm. Wei
and Srivastava [46] have modeled the mechanical properties of carbon nanofibers
with varying morphology using continuum elastic theory and molecular dynamics
simulations. The axial Young’s modulus of the nanofiber is particularly sensitive to
the shell tilt angle, where fibers that have small tilt angles from the axial direction
show much higher Young’s modulus than fibers with large tilt angles. The wide-
ranging morphology of the carbon nanofiber and their associated properties
results in a broad range of scatter for experimental results on processing and
characterization of nanofiber composites.
Finegan and co-workers [47,48] have investigated the processing and properties
of carbon nanofiber/PP nanocomposites. In their work, they used a variety of as-
grown nanofibers. Carbon nanofibers that were produced with longer gas phase
feedstock residence times were less graphitic but adhered better to the PP matrix,
with composites showing improved tensile strength and Young’s modulus.
Oxidation of the carbon nanofiber was found to increase adhesion to the matrix
and increase composite tensile strength, but extended oxidation reduced the
properties of the fibers and their composites. In their investigation on the nanofiber
composite damping properties, these authors [48] concluded that the trend of
stiffness variation with fiber volume content is opposite to the trend of loss factor
and damping in the composite is matrix dominated.
Ma et al [49] and Sandler et al [50] have spun polymer fibers with carbon
nanofibers as reinforcement. Ma et al utilized a variety of techniques to achieve
dispersion of carbon nanofibers in a PET matrix and subsequently meltspun
fibers. The compressive strength and torsional moduli of the nanocomposite fibers
were considerably higher than that for the unreinforced PET fiber. Sandler et al.
[50] produced fibers from semicrystalline high performance poly (ether ether
ketone) (PEEK) containing up to 10 wt% vapour grown carbon nanofibers. Their
experimental results highlight the need to characterize both the crystalline matrix
morphology and nanocomposites structure when evaluating performance. This is
crucial to understanding the intrinsic properties of the nanoscale reinforcement.
![Page 18: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/18.jpg)
Introduction 17
improving the nanocomposite barrier properties. Regarding the other layered
material, the exfoliated graphite or graphene sheet has about the same thickness
as exfoliated clay. It shows high tensile modulus, tensile strength, thermal
conductivity, and low electrical resistivity, comparing to clay platelets. The low
electrical resistivity of exfoliated graphite facilitates the conductivity of polymer
composites when a threshold percolation weight content of the conductive phase
is reached. Fukushima and Drzal [39] studied the resistivity of epoxy matrix
(EPON 828) composites with the addition of vapour grown carbon fiber (VGCF),
carbon black, PAN carbon fiber, exfoliated graphite and milled graphite. The
percolation threshold for exfoliated graphite was around 1 wt%. Zheng and co-
workers [40,41] have also reported about reduced percolation thresholds in
exfoliated graphite nanoplatelet/thermoplastic composites. Song et al [42] have
modeled the von Mises stress distribution in graphite/PAN nanocomposites with
respect to the level of exfoliation. They demonstrated the reduction in the
magnitude of stress concentration with layer thickness at the tip of graphite layers,
aligned with the axial tensile load. Such conclusion is similar to those obtained for
short fiber composites where the dispersion of a fiber bundle has the benefit of
reducing the stress concentration in the matrix material at the bundle ends and
thus, the chance of matrix cracking or plastic deformation. The greatly enhanced
electrical conductivity of polymeric material with the addition of small amount of
graphite platelets has found many practical applications. These include
electromagnetic shielding and heat management of electronic and computer
devices or equipment, electrostatic paint for automobiles and polymer sheath of
electric cables [36]. Nanoclay/polypropylene (PP) composites are being used as
functional parts in automobiles.
1.4.3. Nanofiber-reinforced composites
Vapour grown carbon nanofibers (CNF) have been used to reinforce a variety of
polymers, including polypropylene (PP), polycarbonate (PC), nylon, poly(ether
sulfone) (PES), poly(ethylene terephthalate) (PET), poly(phenylene sulfide) (PPS),
acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) and epoxy. Carbon nanofibers are known to
have wide-ranging morphologies, from structures with a disordered bamboo-like
[43] [Figure 1.11(a)] to highly graphitized ‘‘cup stacked’’ [44,45] [Figure 1.11(b)
18 Chapter 1
and 1.11(c)], where the conical shells of the nanofiber are nested within each
other. Carbon nanofibers typically have diameters on the order of 50–200 nm. Wei
and Srivastava [46] have modeled the mechanical properties of carbon nanofibers
with varying morphology using continuum elastic theory and molecular dynamics
simulations. The axial Young’s modulus of the nanofiber is particularly sensitive to
the shell tilt angle, where fibers that have small tilt angles from the axial direction
show much higher Young’s modulus than fibers with large tilt angles. The wide-
ranging morphology of the carbon nanofiber and their associated properties
results in a broad range of scatter for experimental results on processing and
characterization of nanofiber composites.
Finegan and co-workers [47,48] have investigated the processing and properties
of carbon nanofiber/PP nanocomposites. In their work, they used a variety of as-
grown nanofibers. Carbon nanofibers that were produced with longer gas phase
feedstock residence times were less graphitic but adhered better to the PP matrix,
with composites showing improved tensile strength and Young’s modulus.
Oxidation of the carbon nanofiber was found to increase adhesion to the matrix
and increase composite tensile strength, but extended oxidation reduced the
properties of the fibers and their composites. In their investigation on the nanofiber
composite damping properties, these authors [48] concluded that the trend of
stiffness variation with fiber volume content is opposite to the trend of loss factor
and damping in the composite is matrix dominated.
Ma et al [49] and Sandler et al [50] have spun polymer fibers with carbon
nanofibers as reinforcement. Ma et al utilized a variety of techniques to achieve
dispersion of carbon nanofibers in a PET matrix and subsequently meltspun
fibers. The compressive strength and torsional moduli of the nanocomposite fibers
were considerably higher than that for the unreinforced PET fiber. Sandler et al.
[50] produced fibers from semicrystalline high performance poly (ether ether
ketone) (PEEK) containing up to 10 wt% vapour grown carbon nanofibers. Their
experimental results highlight the need to characterize both the crystalline matrix
morphology and nanocomposites structure when evaluating performance. This is
crucial to understanding the intrinsic properties of the nanoscale reinforcement.
![Page 19: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/19.jpg)
Introduction 19
Figure 1.11. TEM micrographs of the nanoscale structure of carbon nanofibers showing: (a) disordered bamboo-like structures [43], (b) highly graphitized sidewall of a cup-stacked (molecular models inset) nanofibers showing the shell tilt angle [44] and (c) a nesting of the stacked layers [45], Copyright (2003) American Chemical Society.
Many of the key challenges associated with the processing, characterization and
modeling of carbon nanofiber composites, such as dispersion and adhesion, are
20 Chapter 1
similar to those for nanotube reinforced composites and are discussed in the
following section.
1.4.4. Carbon nanotube-reinforced composites
Since Iijima’s observation over a decade ago [51], numerous investigators have
reported remarkable physical and mechanical properties of carbon nanotubes [52-
54]. They have a density of 1.33–1.40 g/cm3, elastic modulus is comparable to
that of diamond (1.2 TPa), tensile strength much higher than that of high-strength
steel (2 GPa) and has tremendous resilience in sustaining bending to large angles
and restraightening without damage is distinctively different from the plastic
deformation of metals. Also the electric current carrying capability is estimated to
be 1x109 amp/cm2, whereas copper wires burn out at about 1x106 amp/cm2 and
the thermal conductivity is predicted to be 6000 W/m K at room temperature which
is nearly double the thermal conductivity of diamond of 3320 W/m K. Additionally
Single Walled Carbon Nanotubes (SWCNT) are stable up to 28000C in vacuum
and 7500C in air, whereas metal wires in microchips melt at 600–10000C. These
outstanding thermal and electric properties combined with their high specific
stiffness and strength and very large aspect ratios have stimulated the
development of nanotube reinforced composites of thermoset polymers (epoxy,
polyimide, and phenolic), as well as thermoplastic polymers (PP, PS, PMMA,
nylon 12 and PEEK) for both structural and functional applications [51,53,54].
Tai et al. [55] have processed a phenolic-based nanocomposites using MWCNTs,
which were synthesized through the floating catalyst chemical vapor deposition
process with tube diameter <50 nm and length >10 µm. SEM images of brittle
tensile fracture surfaces show fairly uniform nanotube distribution and nanotube
pullout. Enhancement in Young’s modulus and strength due to the addition of
nanotubes was reported. Gojny and co-workers [56] fabricated nanocomposites
consisting of Double Walled Carbon Nanotubes (DWCNT) with a high degree of
dispersion. The resulting composites showed increase of strength, Young’s
modulus and strain to failure at a nanotube content of only 0.1 wt%. In addition,
the nanocomposites showed significantly enhanced fracture toughness as
compared to the unreinforced epoxy.
![Page 20: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/20.jpg)
Introduction 19
Figure 1.11. TEM micrographs of the nanoscale structure of carbon nanofibers showing: (a) disordered bamboo-like structures [43], (b) highly graphitized sidewall of a cup-stacked (molecular models inset) nanofibers showing the shell tilt angle [44] and (c) a nesting of the stacked layers [45], Copyright (2003) American Chemical Society.
Many of the key challenges associated with the processing, characterization and
modeling of carbon nanofiber composites, such as dispersion and adhesion, are
20 Chapter 1
similar to those for nanotube reinforced composites and are discussed in the
following section.
1.4.4. Carbon nanotube-reinforced composites
Since Iijima’s observation over a decade ago [51], numerous investigators have
reported remarkable physical and mechanical properties of carbon nanotubes [52-
54]. They have a density of 1.33–1.40 g/cm3, elastic modulus is comparable to
that of diamond (1.2 TPa), tensile strength much higher than that of high-strength
steel (2 GPa) and has tremendous resilience in sustaining bending to large angles
and restraightening without damage is distinctively different from the plastic
deformation of metals. Also the electric current carrying capability is estimated to
be 1x109 amp/cm2, whereas copper wires burn out at about 1x106 amp/cm2 and
the thermal conductivity is predicted to be 6000 W/m K at room temperature which
is nearly double the thermal conductivity of diamond of 3320 W/m K. Additionally
Single Walled Carbon Nanotubes (SWCNT) are stable up to 28000C in vacuum
and 7500C in air, whereas metal wires in microchips melt at 600–10000C. These
outstanding thermal and electric properties combined with their high specific
stiffness and strength and very large aspect ratios have stimulated the
development of nanotube reinforced composites of thermoset polymers (epoxy,
polyimide, and phenolic), as well as thermoplastic polymers (PP, PS, PMMA,
nylon 12 and PEEK) for both structural and functional applications [51,53,54].
Tai et al. [55] have processed a phenolic-based nanocomposites using MWCNTs,
which were synthesized through the floating catalyst chemical vapor deposition
process with tube diameter <50 nm and length >10 µm. SEM images of brittle
tensile fracture surfaces show fairly uniform nanotube distribution and nanotube
pullout. Enhancement in Young’s modulus and strength due to the addition of
nanotubes was reported. Gojny and co-workers [56] fabricated nanocomposites
consisting of Double Walled Carbon Nanotubes (DWCNT) with a high degree of
dispersion. The resulting composites showed increase of strength, Young’s
modulus and strain to failure at a nanotube content of only 0.1 wt%. In addition,
the nanocomposites showed significantly enhanced fracture toughness as
compared to the unreinforced epoxy.
![Page 21: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/21.jpg)
Introduction 21
Ogasawara et al. [57] reinforced a phenyl ethyl terminated polyimide with Multiple
Walled Carbon Nanotubes (MWCNT), which are a few hundred µm in length and
20–100 nm in diameter. The composites were made by mechanical blending of
the nanotubes in the matrix, melting at 3200C, and curing at 3700C under 0.2 MPa
pressure. The resulting elastic and mechanical properties are shown in Table 1.3.
CNT (wt%) CNT (vol%) Tg (0C) Eb (GPa) σuts (MPa) εmax (%) σ0.2 (MPa)
0 0 335 2.84 115.6 7.6 69.8
3.3 2.3 339 3.07 99.5 4.0 80.5
7.7 5.4 350 3.28 97.6 3.6 84.6
14.3 10.3 357 3.90 95.2 2.6 92.6
Table 1.3. Properties of CNT/polyimide nanocomposites
The addition of MWCNTs enhances the tensile Young’s modulus and reduces the
tensile strength and ultimate strain. Thostenson and Chou [7,58] have
characterized the nanotube structure and elastic properties of a model composite
system of aligned MWCNTs embedded in a polystyrene matrix. Figure 1.12(a)
shows a TEM micrograph of the as-processed 5 wt% nanocomposite film showing
large scale dispersion and alignment of carbon nanotubes in the polymer matrix.
The arrow in figure 1.12(a) indicates the direction of alignment taken as the
principal material direction with a nanotube orientation of 00. The grey lines
perpendicular to the arrow in the TEM micrograph are artifacts from microtome
cutting process. Figure 1.12(b) shows the distribution of nanotube alignment from
the image analysis. Based on the data, the standard deviation of nanotube
alignment from the principal material direction is less than ±150. Thostenson and
Chou have modeled the axial elastic properties of the MWCNT/PS system [7]
using a ‘‘micromechanics’’ approach through defining an equivalent effective fiber
property for the diameter-sensitive carbon nanotube elastic modulus. To
accurately model the elastic properties of the composite, the contribution to the
overall elastic modulus of each nanotube diameter, and the volume fraction that
22 Chapter 1
tubes of a specific diameter occupy within the composite have been taken into
account. Using the knowledge of the tube diameter distribution functions as well
as the nanotube density and volume distribution as functions of tube diameter, the
micromechanics approach identifies the correlation between axial Young’s
modulus, and the diameter, volume fraction and length of nanotubes of the aligned
nanocomposites model system.
Figure 1.12 (a) TEM micrograph of process-induced orientation in nanocomposite ribbons [58] and (b) image analysis of orientation distribution [7]
Experiments by Frogley et al [59] on silicone-based elastomers reinforced with
SWCNTs have shown significant increases in the initial modulus of the
composites, accompanied by a reduction in the ultimate properties. Raman
spectroscopy experiments show a loss of stress transfer to the nanotubes at
around 10–20% strain, suggesting the break-down of the effective interface
between the phases. On the other hand, the reorientation of the nanotubes under
strain in the samples may be responsible for the initial increase in modulus
enhancement under strain. More recently, experiments on silicone elastomer
reinforced with SWCNTs have shown significant increase in stiffness and strength.
However, the relative magnitudes of the improvement decreased with higher
nanotube volume loading because the composite became more brittle [60].
It is highly desirable to present some key properties of nanocomposites in contrast
to the same properties in traditional composites; only a few examples are selected
below.
![Page 22: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/22.jpg)
Introduction 21
Ogasawara et al. [57] reinforced a phenyl ethyl terminated polyimide with Multiple
Walled Carbon Nanotubes (MWCNT), which are a few hundred µm in length and
20–100 nm in diameter. The composites were made by mechanical blending of
the nanotubes in the matrix, melting at 3200C, and curing at 3700C under 0.2 MPa
pressure. The resulting elastic and mechanical properties are shown in Table 1.3.
CNT (wt%) CNT (vol%) Tg (0C) Eb (GPa) σuts (MPa) εmax (%) σ0.2 (MPa)
0 0 335 2.84 115.6 7.6 69.8
3.3 2.3 339 3.07 99.5 4.0 80.5
7.7 5.4 350 3.28 97.6 3.6 84.6
14.3 10.3 357 3.90 95.2 2.6 92.6
Table 1.3. Properties of CNT/polyimide nanocomposites
The addition of MWCNTs enhances the tensile Young’s modulus and reduces the
tensile strength and ultimate strain. Thostenson and Chou [7,58] have
characterized the nanotube structure and elastic properties of a model composite
system of aligned MWCNTs embedded in a polystyrene matrix. Figure 1.12(a)
shows a TEM micrograph of the as-processed 5 wt% nanocomposite film showing
large scale dispersion and alignment of carbon nanotubes in the polymer matrix.
The arrow in figure 1.12(a) indicates the direction of alignment taken as the
principal material direction with a nanotube orientation of 00. The grey lines
perpendicular to the arrow in the TEM micrograph are artifacts from microtome
cutting process. Figure 1.12(b) shows the distribution of nanotube alignment from
the image analysis. Based on the data, the standard deviation of nanotube
alignment from the principal material direction is less than ±150. Thostenson and
Chou have modeled the axial elastic properties of the MWCNT/PS system [7]
using a ‘‘micromechanics’’ approach through defining an equivalent effective fiber
property for the diameter-sensitive carbon nanotube elastic modulus. To
accurately model the elastic properties of the composite, the contribution to the
overall elastic modulus of each nanotube diameter, and the volume fraction that
22 Chapter 1
tubes of a specific diameter occupy within the composite have been taken into
account. Using the knowledge of the tube diameter distribution functions as well
as the nanotube density and volume distribution as functions of tube diameter, the
micromechanics approach identifies the correlation between axial Young’s
modulus, and the diameter, volume fraction and length of nanotubes of the aligned
nanocomposites model system.
Figure 1.12 (a) TEM micrograph of process-induced orientation in nanocomposite ribbons [58] and (b) image analysis of orientation distribution [7]
Experiments by Frogley et al [59] on silicone-based elastomers reinforced with
SWCNTs have shown significant increases in the initial modulus of the
composites, accompanied by a reduction in the ultimate properties. Raman
spectroscopy experiments show a loss of stress transfer to the nanotubes at
around 10–20% strain, suggesting the break-down of the effective interface
between the phases. On the other hand, the reorientation of the nanotubes under
strain in the samples may be responsible for the initial increase in modulus
enhancement under strain. More recently, experiments on silicone elastomer
reinforced with SWCNTs have shown significant increase in stiffness and strength.
However, the relative magnitudes of the improvement decreased with higher
nanotube volume loading because the composite became more brittle [60].
It is highly desirable to present some key properties of nanocomposites in contrast
to the same properties in traditional composites; only a few examples are selected
below.
![Page 23: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/23.jpg)
Introduction 23
It is well known in short fiber composites that the presence of fiber ends induces
stress concentrations in the matrix materials when the composite is subjected to
loading. The nature of stress concentration and the associated singularities have
been studied in terms of the fiber bundle end shape and bundle aspect ratio [61].
Two types of nanotube/matrix interfacial bonding conditions are considered. The
length of nanotube is less than 1 nm whereas the short fibers are of millimeters in
length. The general similarity in local stress concentration is unmistakable. In the
case of uniaxial compression of continuous fiber composite, it is well known that
fiber defects or fiber misalignment may activate fiber bending and subsequent
fiber buckling. Figure 1.13(a) shows slip band formation in a composite with Al2O3
fiber in an aluminium matrix [62].
Figure 1.13 (a) Slip band formation in a composite with Al2O3 fiber in an aluminium matrix [64] and (b) nanoscale buckling of carbon nanotubes in an aligned nanocomposite [63]
The activation and subsequent observation of nanotube buckling in a composite
under compressive loading are much more difficult because of the small size and
alignment of nanotubes. Thostenson and Chou [63] have succeeded in such
experiments. The multiple buckling of individual MWCNTS in a polymer composite
can be seen in figure 1.13(b). An atomistic modeling of elastic buckling of carbon
nanotubes has been performed by Li and Chou [64].
Several key mechanisms of energy dissipation have been identified in the fracture
of short as well as continuous fiber reinforced composites. These are fiber
fracture, fiber pullout, fiber/matrix debonding/crack bridging and matrix cracking.
24 Chapter 1
Figure 1.14 shows schematically these mechanisms operating at a crack tip [65]
as well as the micrographs demonstrating the individual failure modes. It is
interesting to note that all these failure modes have also been observed in
nanotube reinforced polymer composites as demonstrated by Thostenson and
Chou [58] in figure 1.15. One of the reasons of the recent enthusiasm towards
carbon nanotubes as reinforcements for composite materials is their reported high
elastic modulus and strength comparing to those of existing continuous fibers.
Figure 1.14. Key mechanisms of energy dissipation have been identified in the fracture of short as well as continuous fiber reinforced composites [65]
Figure 1.15. Fracture mechanisms in carbon nanotube reinforced composites [58]
![Page 24: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/24.jpg)
Introduction 23
It is well known in short fiber composites that the presence of fiber ends induces
stress concentrations in the matrix materials when the composite is subjected to
loading. The nature of stress concentration and the associated singularities have
been studied in terms of the fiber bundle end shape and bundle aspect ratio [61].
Two types of nanotube/matrix interfacial bonding conditions are considered. The
length of nanotube is less than 1 nm whereas the short fibers are of millimeters in
length. The general similarity in local stress concentration is unmistakable. In the
case of uniaxial compression of continuous fiber composite, it is well known that
fiber defects or fiber misalignment may activate fiber bending and subsequent
fiber buckling. Figure 1.13(a) shows slip band formation in a composite with Al2O3
fiber in an aluminium matrix [62].
Figure 1.13 (a) Slip band formation in a composite with Al2O3 fiber in an aluminium matrix [64] and (b) nanoscale buckling of carbon nanotubes in an aligned nanocomposite [63]
The activation and subsequent observation of nanotube buckling in a composite
under compressive loading are much more difficult because of the small size and
alignment of nanotubes. Thostenson and Chou [63] have succeeded in such
experiments. The multiple buckling of individual MWCNTS in a polymer composite
can be seen in figure 1.13(b). An atomistic modeling of elastic buckling of carbon
nanotubes has been performed by Li and Chou [64].
Several key mechanisms of energy dissipation have been identified in the fracture
of short as well as continuous fiber reinforced composites. These are fiber
fracture, fiber pullout, fiber/matrix debonding/crack bridging and matrix cracking.
24 Chapter 1
Figure 1.14 shows schematically these mechanisms operating at a crack tip [65]
as well as the micrographs demonstrating the individual failure modes. It is
interesting to note that all these failure modes have also been observed in
nanotube reinforced polymer composites as demonstrated by Thostenson and
Chou [58] in figure 1.15. One of the reasons of the recent enthusiasm towards
carbon nanotubes as reinforcements for composite materials is their reported high
elastic modulus and strength comparing to those of existing continuous fibers.
Figure 1.14. Key mechanisms of energy dissipation have been identified in the fracture of short as well as continuous fiber reinforced composites [65]
Figure 1.15. Fracture mechanisms in carbon nanotube reinforced composites [58]
![Page 25: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/25.jpg)
Introduction 25
1.4.5. Nanocomposite fibrils
The potential for development of advanced continuous fibers with nanoscale diameter
is attractive. Conventional mechanical spinning techniques are limited to producing
fibers of micrometer diameters. As reviewed recently by Dzenis [66], electrospinning
enables the production of polymer nanofibers from polymer solutions or melts in high
electric fields. The charged jet is elongated and accelerated by the electric field and
can be deposited on a substrate. The potential of electrospun nanocomposite fibrils is
exemplified below.
First, the work of Ko et al [67] has demonstrated that continuous, PAN-based
nanocomposite fibrils with SWCNT can be produced using electrospinning process.
The alignment of SWCNTs in the fibril was achieved through flow and charge-induced
orientation as well as confinement effect. Figure 1.16 is a micrograph showing the
alignment of nanotubes near the nozzle area. The composite fibril was carbonized at
7500C and graphitized at 11000C in nitrogen environment.
Figure 1.16. TEM image of PAN-based nanocomposite fibrils with SWCNT showing alignment of the carbon nanotubes [67]
Electrospinning can be used for the production of nanocomposite fibrils with
various polymers. Viculis et al. [68] have utilized eletrospinning for studying the
elastic properties of nanoplatelet/PAN nanocomposite fibrils. Ko et al [69]
processed carbon nanotube reinforced spider silk by electrospinning approach
having strengths approaching 4 GPa and strain-to-failure exceeding 35%. Another
26 Chapter 1
example of the nanoparticle composite filament can be found in the work of
Mahfuz et al [70]. The reinforcement phase of the composite is a mixture of
carbon particles (50–200 nm) and semi-crystalline whiskers (2–8 µm in diameter,
100–200 µm in length, 1.8 g/cm3 density) produced by catalytic chemical vapor
deposition and the matrix is a linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE). Kumar et al
[71, 72] have succeeded in demonstrating the enhancement in modulus, strength,
and energy absorption of PBO/SWCNT composite fibers.
1.4.6. Nanocomposite films
In addition to the creation of fibrils that can be used as potential fiber
reinforcement in composites, the creation of large-scale nanocomposite films
offers potential for the creation of macroscopic parts through the use of traditional
composites manufacturing processes. The approach of magnetically aligning
SWCNTs was first given by Walters et al [73].
Figure 1.17. Aligned nanotube bucky-papers [74]
Wang et al [74] has demonstrated the high volume loading of SWCNT alignment in
bucky paper using a stable SWCNT suspension prepared by sonicating a
SWCNT/water/surfactant mixture. The filtration system was then placed inside the
magnet bore and a bucky paper of 387 cm2 (60 in.2) x17.8 µm was produced in 10 h
![Page 26: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/26.jpg)
Introduction 25
1.4.5. Nanocomposite fibrils
The potential for development of advanced continuous fibers with nanoscale diameter
is attractive. Conventional mechanical spinning techniques are limited to producing
fibers of micrometer diameters. As reviewed recently by Dzenis [66], electrospinning
enables the production of polymer nanofibers from polymer solutions or melts in high
electric fields. The charged jet is elongated and accelerated by the electric field and
can be deposited on a substrate. The potential of electrospun nanocomposite fibrils is
exemplified below.
First, the work of Ko et al [67] has demonstrated that continuous, PAN-based
nanocomposite fibrils with SWCNT can be produced using electrospinning process.
The alignment of SWCNTs in the fibril was achieved through flow and charge-induced
orientation as well as confinement effect. Figure 1.16 is a micrograph showing the
alignment of nanotubes near the nozzle area. The composite fibril was carbonized at
7500C and graphitized at 11000C in nitrogen environment.
Figure 1.16. TEM image of PAN-based nanocomposite fibrils with SWCNT showing alignment of the carbon nanotubes [67]
Electrospinning can be used for the production of nanocomposite fibrils with
various polymers. Viculis et al. [68] have utilized eletrospinning for studying the
elastic properties of nanoplatelet/PAN nanocomposite fibrils. Ko et al [69]
processed carbon nanotube reinforced spider silk by electrospinning approach
having strengths approaching 4 GPa and strain-to-failure exceeding 35%. Another
26 Chapter 1
example of the nanoparticle composite filament can be found in the work of
Mahfuz et al [70]. The reinforcement phase of the composite is a mixture of
carbon particles (50–200 nm) and semi-crystalline whiskers (2–8 µm in diameter,
100–200 µm in length, 1.8 g/cm3 density) produced by catalytic chemical vapor
deposition and the matrix is a linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE). Kumar et al
[71, 72] have succeeded in demonstrating the enhancement in modulus, strength,
and energy absorption of PBO/SWCNT composite fibers.
1.4.6. Nanocomposite films
In addition to the creation of fibrils that can be used as potential fiber
reinforcement in composites, the creation of large-scale nanocomposite films
offers potential for the creation of macroscopic parts through the use of traditional
composites manufacturing processes. The approach of magnetically aligning
SWCNTs was first given by Walters et al [73].
Figure 1.17. Aligned nanotube bucky-papers [74]
Wang et al [74] has demonstrated the high volume loading of SWCNT alignment in
bucky paper using a stable SWCNT suspension prepared by sonicating a
SWCNT/water/surfactant mixture. The filtration system was then placed inside the
magnet bore and a bucky paper of 387 cm2 (60 in.2) x17.8 µm was produced in 10 h
![Page 27: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/27.jpg)
Introduction 27
under magnetic fields of 17.3–25 Tesla (Figure 1.17). Laminated composites were
made by epoxy resin infiltration of stacked bucky papers with 59.8 wt% of SWCNT.
1.5. Preparation of Nanoparticles
Polymer nanocomposites contain a rigid filler component (this can be fiber, filler or
nanoscopic organic component) dispersed within a flexible polymer matrix on a
nanoscale level. The rigid portion, with high modulus and high strengths, usually
has high melting temperature, is insoluble in organic solvents, and combining it
with the flexible polymer is thermodynamically unfavorable. Therefore it is very
difficult to prepare a nanocomposite, and phases may undergo segregation during
processing and end use. Hydrodynamic effects and physi or chemisorption of
matrix at filler surface govern the reinforcement.
The first step of nanomaterial research is the preparation of uniform nanoparticles
and/or nanoparticle arrays with correct chemical composition and structure.
Preparation of nanoparticles can be achieved through a wide variety of different
routes: some have been around for many years; others are far more recent. In
essence, there are four generic routes to make nanoparticles: wet chemical,
mechanical, form-in-place, and gas-phase synthesis. It is worth exploring each of
these basic routes, as the resultant materials can have significantly different
properties, depending on the route chosen to fabricate them, and some routes are
more aligned with the fabrication of certain classes of materials.
a) Wet chemical processes
These include colloidal chemistry, hydrothermal methods, sol-gels and other
precipitation processes. Essentially, solutions of different ions are mixed in well-
defined quantities and under controlled conditions of heat, temperature, and
pressure to promote the formation of insoluble compounds, which precipitate out
of solution. These precipitates are then collected through filtering and/or spray
drying to produce a dry powder. The advantages of wet chemical processes are
that a large variety of compounds can be fabricated, including inorganics,
organics, and also some metals, in essentially cheap equipment and significant
quantities. Another important factor is the ability to control particle size closely and
to produce highly monodisperse materials. However, there are limitations with the
28 Chapter 1
range of compounds possible, bound water molecules can be a problem, and
especially for sol-gel processing, the yields can be quite low.
New processes that might overcome some of these problems are being
developed, such as high-throughput microreactors [75]. For bulk production, large
quantities of starting materials may be required, which can be expensive. Having
the nanoparticles well dispersed in a suspension, however, is an advantage if
further surface treatment is required to encapsulate or functionalize their surface.
An adjunct to these processes is those involving biological materials that provide a
template into which inorganic materials can be grown. Since biological materials,
such as porphyrin [76] and ferritins [77], are highly reproducible, the resulting
nanomaterials can be made to an extremely specific size with a high degree of
accuracy. However, the range of sizes may be limited by the availability and
structure of suitable template materials. These are being used to manufacture
materials such as magnetic materials for use in high-density storage devices.
b) Mechanical processes
These include grinding, milling and mechanical alloying techniques. Provided that one
can produce a coarse powder as a feedstock, these processes utilize the age-old
technique of physically pounding coarse powders into finer and finer ones, similar to
flour mills. Today, the most common processes are either planetary or rotating ball
mills. The advantages of these techniques are that they are simple, require low-cost
equipment and, provided that a coarse feedstock powder can be made, the powder
can be processed. However, there can be difficulties such as agglomeration of the
powders, broad particle size distributions, contamination from the process equipment
itself, and often difficulty in getting to the very fine particle sizes with viable yields. It is
commonly used for inorganics and metals, but not organic materials.
c) Form-in-place processes
These include lithography, vacuum deposition processes such as physical vapor
deposition (PVD) and chemical vapor deposition (CVD), and spray coatings. These
processes are more geared to the production of nanostructured layers and coatings,
but can be used to fabricate nanoparticles by scraping the deposits from the collector.
However, they tend to be quite inefficient and are generally not used for the fabrication
![Page 28: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/28.jpg)
Introduction 27
under magnetic fields of 17.3–25 Tesla (Figure 1.17). Laminated composites were
made by epoxy resin infiltration of stacked bucky papers with 59.8 wt% of SWCNT.
1.5. Preparation of Nanoparticles
Polymer nanocomposites contain a rigid filler component (this can be fiber, filler or
nanoscopic organic component) dispersed within a flexible polymer matrix on a
nanoscale level. The rigid portion, with high modulus and high strengths, usually
has high melting temperature, is insoluble in organic solvents, and combining it
with the flexible polymer is thermodynamically unfavorable. Therefore it is very
difficult to prepare a nanocomposite, and phases may undergo segregation during
processing and end use. Hydrodynamic effects and physi or chemisorption of
matrix at filler surface govern the reinforcement.
The first step of nanomaterial research is the preparation of uniform nanoparticles
and/or nanoparticle arrays with correct chemical composition and structure.
Preparation of nanoparticles can be achieved through a wide variety of different
routes: some have been around for many years; others are far more recent. In
essence, there are four generic routes to make nanoparticles: wet chemical,
mechanical, form-in-place, and gas-phase synthesis. It is worth exploring each of
these basic routes, as the resultant materials can have significantly different
properties, depending on the route chosen to fabricate them, and some routes are
more aligned with the fabrication of certain classes of materials.
a) Wet chemical processes
These include colloidal chemistry, hydrothermal methods, sol-gels and other
precipitation processes. Essentially, solutions of different ions are mixed in well-
defined quantities and under controlled conditions of heat, temperature, and
pressure to promote the formation of insoluble compounds, which precipitate out
of solution. These precipitates are then collected through filtering and/or spray
drying to produce a dry powder. The advantages of wet chemical processes are
that a large variety of compounds can be fabricated, including inorganics,
organics, and also some metals, in essentially cheap equipment and significant
quantities. Another important factor is the ability to control particle size closely and
to produce highly monodisperse materials. However, there are limitations with the
28 Chapter 1
range of compounds possible, bound water molecules can be a problem, and
especially for sol-gel processing, the yields can be quite low.
New processes that might overcome some of these problems are being
developed, such as high-throughput microreactors [75]. For bulk production, large
quantities of starting materials may be required, which can be expensive. Having
the nanoparticles well dispersed in a suspension, however, is an advantage if
further surface treatment is required to encapsulate or functionalize their surface.
An adjunct to these processes is those involving biological materials that provide a
template into which inorganic materials can be grown. Since biological materials,
such as porphyrin [76] and ferritins [77], are highly reproducible, the resulting
nanomaterials can be made to an extremely specific size with a high degree of
accuracy. However, the range of sizes may be limited by the availability and
structure of suitable template materials. These are being used to manufacture
materials such as magnetic materials for use in high-density storage devices.
b) Mechanical processes
These include grinding, milling and mechanical alloying techniques. Provided that one
can produce a coarse powder as a feedstock, these processes utilize the age-old
technique of physically pounding coarse powders into finer and finer ones, similar to
flour mills. Today, the most common processes are either planetary or rotating ball
mills. The advantages of these techniques are that they are simple, require low-cost
equipment and, provided that a coarse feedstock powder can be made, the powder
can be processed. However, there can be difficulties such as agglomeration of the
powders, broad particle size distributions, contamination from the process equipment
itself, and often difficulty in getting to the very fine particle sizes with viable yields. It is
commonly used for inorganics and metals, but not organic materials.
c) Form-in-place processes
These include lithography, vacuum deposition processes such as physical vapor
deposition (PVD) and chemical vapor deposition (CVD), and spray coatings. These
processes are more geared to the production of nanostructured layers and coatings,
but can be used to fabricate nanoparticles by scraping the deposits from the collector.
However, they tend to be quite inefficient and are generally not used for the fabrication
![Page 29: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/29.jpg)
Introduction 29
of dry powders, although some companies are beginning to exploit these processes.
A number of universities and companies are developing variations on these
processes, such as the electrostatic spray assisted vapor deposition process [78].
d) Gas-phase synthesis
These include flame pyrolysis, electro-explosion, laser ablation, high-temperature
evaporation and plasma synthesis techniques. Flame pyrolysis has been used for
many years in the fabrication of simple materials such as carbon black and fumed
silica and is being used in the fabrication of many more compounds. Laser
ablation is capable of making almost any nanomaterial, since it utilizes a mix of
physical erosion and evaporation. However, the production rates are extremely
slow and most suited to research uses. The heat source is very clean and
controllable and the temperatures in the plasmas can reach in excess of 9000°C,
which means that even highly refractory materials can be processed. However,
this also means that the technique is unsuitable for processing organic materials.
The production of fullerenes and carbon nanotubes is a specific subset of gas-
phase synthesis techniques. Many variations have been explored and patented in
the years since they were discovered [79]. All the techniques essentially involve
the controlled growth of a nanotube on a catalyst particle through the cracking of
carbon rich gases such as methane.
As can be seen, there are a multitude of different methods employed to
manufacture nanoparticles and carbon nanotubes. All are being used, some
commercially, and each has its merits and drawbacks. However, it is clear that
most of the methods will be utilized in commercial production at some stage since,
although the materials are nominally the same, the characteristics of the materials
produced by each process are not always equivalent and can have different
properties. The manufacturing routes that become commercially successful,
therefore, will predominantly be those for which the materials have been
developed at the same time as the application.
Some of these preparation techniques commonly employed are described briefly
with some specific examples in the following section.
30 Chapter 1
1.5.1. Microemulsion methods
Preparation of nanoparticles using reverse micelles can be dated back to the
pioneer work of Boutonnet et al [80]. In 1982 they first synthesized monodispersed
Pt, Rh, Pd, Ir nanoparticles with diameters of 3–6 nm. After that, many nanoparticles
were synthesized and the method of preparing nanoparticles using reverse micelles
became a worldwide interest in nanoscience and nanotechnology.
The general method to synthesizing nanoparticles using reverse micelles is
schematically illustrated in figure 1.18. This can be divided into three cases. The
first one is the mixing of two reverse micelles. Due to the coalescence of the
reverse micelles, exchange of the materials in the water droplets occurs, which
causes a reaction between the cores. Since the diameter of the water droplet is
constant, nuclei in the different water cores cannot exchange with each other. As
a result, nanoparticles are formed in the reversed micelles. The second case is
that one reactant (A) is solubilized in the reversed micelles while another reactant
(B) is dissolved in water. After mixing the two reverse micelles containing different
reactants (A and B), the reaction can take place by coalescence or aqueous
phase exchange between the two reverse micelles.
Figure 1.18. Schematic illustration of various stages in the growth of
nanoparticles in microemulsions [81]
There are essentially three procedures to form nanoparticles by reversed micelles:
precipitation, reduction and hydrolysis. Precipitation is usually applied in the
synthesis of metal sulfate, metal oxide, metal carbonate and silver halide
![Page 30: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/30.jpg)
Introduction 29
of dry powders, although some companies are beginning to exploit these processes.
A number of universities and companies are developing variations on these
processes, such as the electrostatic spray assisted vapor deposition process [78].
d) Gas-phase synthesis
These include flame pyrolysis, electro-explosion, laser ablation, high-temperature
evaporation and plasma synthesis techniques. Flame pyrolysis has been used for
many years in the fabrication of simple materials such as carbon black and fumed
silica and is being used in the fabrication of many more compounds. Laser
ablation is capable of making almost any nanomaterial, since it utilizes a mix of
physical erosion and evaporation. However, the production rates are extremely
slow and most suited to research uses. The heat source is very clean and
controllable and the temperatures in the plasmas can reach in excess of 9000°C,
which means that even highly refractory materials can be processed. However,
this also means that the technique is unsuitable for processing organic materials.
The production of fullerenes and carbon nanotubes is a specific subset of gas-
phase synthesis techniques. Many variations have been explored and patented in
the years since they were discovered [79]. All the techniques essentially involve
the controlled growth of a nanotube on a catalyst particle through the cracking of
carbon rich gases such as methane.
As can be seen, there are a multitude of different methods employed to
manufacture nanoparticles and carbon nanotubes. All are being used, some
commercially, and each has its merits and drawbacks. However, it is clear that
most of the methods will be utilized in commercial production at some stage since,
although the materials are nominally the same, the characteristics of the materials
produced by each process are not always equivalent and can have different
properties. The manufacturing routes that become commercially successful,
therefore, will predominantly be those for which the materials have been
developed at the same time as the application.
Some of these preparation techniques commonly employed are described briefly
with some specific examples in the following section.
30 Chapter 1
1.5.1. Microemulsion methods
Preparation of nanoparticles using reverse micelles can be dated back to the
pioneer work of Boutonnet et al [80]. In 1982 they first synthesized monodispersed
Pt, Rh, Pd, Ir nanoparticles with diameters of 3–6 nm. After that, many nanoparticles
were synthesized and the method of preparing nanoparticles using reverse micelles
became a worldwide interest in nanoscience and nanotechnology.
The general method to synthesizing nanoparticles using reverse micelles is
schematically illustrated in figure 1.18. This can be divided into three cases. The
first one is the mixing of two reverse micelles. Due to the coalescence of the
reverse micelles, exchange of the materials in the water droplets occurs, which
causes a reaction between the cores. Since the diameter of the water droplet is
constant, nuclei in the different water cores cannot exchange with each other. As
a result, nanoparticles are formed in the reversed micelles. The second case is
that one reactant (A) is solubilized in the reversed micelles while another reactant
(B) is dissolved in water. After mixing the two reverse micelles containing different
reactants (A and B), the reaction can take place by coalescence or aqueous
phase exchange between the two reverse micelles.
Figure 1.18. Schematic illustration of various stages in the growth of
nanoparticles in microemulsions [81]
There are essentially three procedures to form nanoparticles by reversed micelles:
precipitation, reduction and hydrolysis. Precipitation is usually applied in the
synthesis of metal sulfate, metal oxide, metal carbonate and silver halide
![Page 31: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/31.jpg)
Introduction 31
nanoparticles. In this method two reverse micelles containing the anionic and
cationic surfactants are mixed. Because every reaction takes place in a
nanometer-sized water pool, water-insoluble nanoparticles are formed. Table 1.4
lists some of the important nanoparticles prepared by microemulsion technique.
No Nanomaterial Method/result Ref
1 Platinum, palladium, rhodium, iridium
Reverse micelles 80,82
2 Gold and silver Reverse micelles 83
3 Copper Reverse micelles 84
4 Gold and silver Reverse micelles 85,86
5 PbS Reverse micelles 87,88
6 CaCO3 Reverse micelles, particles of 5.4 nm 89,90
7 TiO2 Hydrolysis method in which the metal alkoxides react with water droplets in the reverse micelles
91-93
8 ZrO2 Hydrolysis method in which the metal alkoxides react with water droplets in the reverse micelles
94
9 BaFe12O19 particles By mixing the two reverse micelles 95
10 BaCO3 nanowires Reverse micelles 96
Table 1.4. Nanoparticles prepared by microemulsion methods
1.5.2. Pyrolysis
Pyrolysis is a chemical process in which chemical precursors decompose under
suitable thermal treatment into one solid compound and unwanted waste evaporates
away. Pyrolysis preparation is important and powerful in many specific systems. More
and more nanomaterials have been prepared using this method and modified
processing. This method has some advantages: the reaction process is easy to
control, the as-prepared substances are of variety, and the product is of high purity.
The drawbacks are that the high temperature may lead to wide size distribution and
particle agglomeration. The selective precipitation could be used to compensate
32 Chapter 1
above method, for obtaining specific sized nanoparticles after pyrolysis. However, the
choices of precursors and dispersion situation are important, and the thermal source
chosen is another factor for the successful preparation, the third factor is heat-
treatment processes. Careful heating of precursors may avoid particle agglomeration.
A large variety of nanomaterials were prepared by this method. A brief account of the
selected nanosystems is given in Table 1.5.
No Nanomaterial Method/result Ref
1 Ag nanoparticles AgOH precipitate in AgNO3, heating, 1-100 nm 97
2 Au nanoparticles AuO3 decomposes into elements around 3500C, 5 nm
98
3 Ag nanoparticles Laser-liquid-solid interaction technique from a solution composed of silver nitrate, distilled water, ethylene glycol and diethylene glycol, 5 nm
99
4 Spherical Ni particles From nitrate solution by spray pyrolysis in an H2-N2 atmosphere
100
5 ZnS and CdS fine particles
Ultrasonic spray-pyrolysis method 101
6 Carbon nanotubes or aligned nanotube
Pyrolysis 102
7 Carbon nanotubes Pyrolysis of organometallic precursors 103
8 Al2O3-TiO2 composite oxide nanocrystals
Poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG) sol-gel method 104
Table 1.5. Nanoparticles prepared by pyrolysis method
1.5.3. Forced Hydrolysis and Chemical Co-Precipitation
The simple forced hydrolysis and chemical co-precipitation technique is widely
used in industry and research to synthesize oxide complexes. The processing
parameters of starting raw materials, reaction temperature, solution pH, titration
rate, even stirring rate have effect on properties of final precipitates, such as
particle size, particle size distribution, particle shape, even stoichiometry. Jiang
prepared nanoparticles of yttrium oxide of 10 nm by this method [105]. A number
of metal hydroxides or oxides have been prepared by using the hydrolysis
technique (gadolinium, terbium, samarium, Cerium [106] and zirconium [107].
![Page 32: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/32.jpg)
Introduction 31
nanoparticles. In this method two reverse micelles containing the anionic and
cationic surfactants are mixed. Because every reaction takes place in a
nanometer-sized water pool, water-insoluble nanoparticles are formed. Table 1.4
lists some of the important nanoparticles prepared by microemulsion technique.
No Nanomaterial Method/result Ref
1 Platinum, palladium, rhodium, iridium
Reverse micelles 80,82
2 Gold and silver Reverse micelles 83
3 Copper Reverse micelles 84
4 Gold and silver Reverse micelles 85,86
5 PbS Reverse micelles 87,88
6 CaCO3 Reverse micelles, particles of 5.4 nm 89,90
7 TiO2 Hydrolysis method in which the metal alkoxides react with water droplets in the reverse micelles
91-93
8 ZrO2 Hydrolysis method in which the metal alkoxides react with water droplets in the reverse micelles
94
9 BaFe12O19 particles By mixing the two reverse micelles 95
10 BaCO3 nanowires Reverse micelles 96
Table 1.4. Nanoparticles prepared by microemulsion methods
1.5.2. Pyrolysis
Pyrolysis is a chemical process in which chemical precursors decompose under
suitable thermal treatment into one solid compound and unwanted waste evaporates
away. Pyrolysis preparation is important and powerful in many specific systems. More
and more nanomaterials have been prepared using this method and modified
processing. This method has some advantages: the reaction process is easy to
control, the as-prepared substances are of variety, and the product is of high purity.
The drawbacks are that the high temperature may lead to wide size distribution and
particle agglomeration. The selective precipitation could be used to compensate
32 Chapter 1
above method, for obtaining specific sized nanoparticles after pyrolysis. However, the
choices of precursors and dispersion situation are important, and the thermal source
chosen is another factor for the successful preparation, the third factor is heat-
treatment processes. Careful heating of precursors may avoid particle agglomeration.
A large variety of nanomaterials were prepared by this method. A brief account of the
selected nanosystems is given in Table 1.5.
No Nanomaterial Method/result Ref
1 Ag nanoparticles AgOH precipitate in AgNO3, heating, 1-100 nm 97
2 Au nanoparticles AuO3 decomposes into elements around 3500C, 5 nm
98
3 Ag nanoparticles Laser-liquid-solid interaction technique from a solution composed of silver nitrate, distilled water, ethylene glycol and diethylene glycol, 5 nm
99
4 Spherical Ni particles From nitrate solution by spray pyrolysis in an H2-N2 atmosphere
100
5 ZnS and CdS fine particles
Ultrasonic spray-pyrolysis method 101
6 Carbon nanotubes or aligned nanotube
Pyrolysis 102
7 Carbon nanotubes Pyrolysis of organometallic precursors 103
8 Al2O3-TiO2 composite oxide nanocrystals
Poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG) sol-gel method 104
Table 1.5. Nanoparticles prepared by pyrolysis method
1.5.3. Forced Hydrolysis and Chemical Co-Precipitation
The simple forced hydrolysis and chemical co-precipitation technique is widely
used in industry and research to synthesize oxide complexes. The processing
parameters of starting raw materials, reaction temperature, solution pH, titration
rate, even stirring rate have effect on properties of final precipitates, such as
particle size, particle size distribution, particle shape, even stoichiometry. Jiang
prepared nanoparticles of yttrium oxide of 10 nm by this method [105]. A number
of metal hydroxides or oxides have been prepared by using the hydrolysis
technique (gadolinium, terbium, samarium, Cerium [106] and zirconium [107].
![Page 33: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/33.jpg)
Introduction 33
1.5.4. Sol-gel Processing
Among the physical and chemical methods devised for preparation of nanoscaled
materials, synthesis from atomic or molecular precursors such as the sol-gel route
can give better control of particle size and homogeneity in particle distribution. The
sol-gel processing, which is based on inorganic polymerization reactions, can
loosely be defined as the preparation of inorganic oxides such as glasses and
ceramics by wet chemical methods [108-110].
The sol-gel processing can control the structure of a material on a nanometer
scale from the earliest stages of processing. This technique to material synthesis
is based on some organometallic precursors, and the gels may form by network
growth from an array of discrete particles or by formation of an interconnected 3-D
network by the simultaneous hydrolysis and polycondensation of organometallic
precursors. The size of the sol particles and the cross-linking between the
particles depend upon some variable factors such as pH, solution composition,
and temperature etc. Thus by controlling the experimental conditions, one can
obtain the nanostructured target materials in the form of powder or thin film.
Several nanoparticles can be synthesized by the sol-gel processing. Some of
them are listed below in table 1.6.
No Nanomaterial Method/Result Ref
1 PTMO/TMOS nanocomposites
Silica sol-gel, 20 nm 111
2 MgAl2O4 spinel Heterometallic alkoxide, 30 nm 112
3 TiO2 Sol-gel hydrolysis of (Ti(OC3H7)4), followed by hydrothermal treatment, 10 nm
113
Table 1.6. Nanoparticles prepared by sol-gel synthesis
1.5.5. Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)
In chemical vapor deposition (CVD), the vaporized precursors are introduced into
a CVD reactor, where the precursor molecules adsorb onto a substrate held at an
elevated temperature. These adsorbed molecules will be either thermally
decomposed or reacted with other gases/vapors to form a solid film on the
substrate. Such a gas–solid chemical reaction at the surface of a substrate is
34 Chapter 1
called the heterogeneous reaction. Because a number of chemical reactions may
occur in the CVD process, CVD is considered to be a process of potentially great
complexity as well as one of great versatility and flexibility. It can be used to grow
a variety of materials including metals, semiconductors, and ceramics. The solid
films can be made as amorphous, polycrystalline, or single crystalline materials
with the desired properties, depending on the growth conditions. In general,
particle formation in the gas phase in a CVD process should be avoided because
this will not only considerably deplete the reactants, leading to a non–uniform film
thickness, but also incorporate the undesirable particles in the growing film.
However, under certain experimental conditions, particle formation in the gas
phase can be used to synthesize nanosize powders or particles. Gas–phase
nucleation and controlled growth of the particles are of prime concern in the
growth processes. The particle–size range is controlled by the number of nuclei
formed in the reactor and the concentration of the condensing species. Nowadays,
CVD is employed with respect to atmospheric pressure to synthesise
nanoparticles of various shape and size. This process is later modified as
chemical vapour condensation (CVC) [114,115]). Some other modified CVD
processes are particle-precipitation-aided chemical vapour deposition and
catalytic chemical vapour deposition and these methods can produce various
nanostructured materials in narrow distribution and size. Table 1.7 shows some
examples of the nanomaterials prepared by this technique.
No Nanomaterial Method/Result Ref
1 Semiconductor Quantum Dots
CVD, <15 nm 116-119
2 Nanosized SnO2, Fe2O3, ZnO
CVD, 2-5 nm 120-122
3 TiO2 CVD, 60 nm at 10000C 123
4 Carbides (SiC) CVD, ~9 nm 124
5 TiN PP-CVD, 5 nm 125
6 Carbon Nanotubes CCVD, diameter ~ 1 nm 126,127
7 Carbon Nanotubes Combination of CVD and template–synthesis methods, aligned CNTs with diameter ~ 20-200 nm
128
Table 1.7. Nanoparticles prepared by chemical vapour deposition technique.
![Page 34: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/34.jpg)
Introduction 33
1.5.4. Sol-gel Processing
Among the physical and chemical methods devised for preparation of nanoscaled
materials, synthesis from atomic or molecular precursors such as the sol-gel route
can give better control of particle size and homogeneity in particle distribution. The
sol-gel processing, which is based on inorganic polymerization reactions, can
loosely be defined as the preparation of inorganic oxides such as glasses and
ceramics by wet chemical methods [108-110].
The sol-gel processing can control the structure of a material on a nanometer
scale from the earliest stages of processing. This technique to material synthesis
is based on some organometallic precursors, and the gels may form by network
growth from an array of discrete particles or by formation of an interconnected 3-D
network by the simultaneous hydrolysis and polycondensation of organometallic
precursors. The size of the sol particles and the cross-linking between the
particles depend upon some variable factors such as pH, solution composition,
and temperature etc. Thus by controlling the experimental conditions, one can
obtain the nanostructured target materials in the form of powder or thin film.
Several nanoparticles can be synthesized by the sol-gel processing. Some of
them are listed below in table 1.6.
No Nanomaterial Method/Result Ref
1 PTMO/TMOS nanocomposites
Silica sol-gel, 20 nm 111
2 MgAl2O4 spinel Heterometallic alkoxide, 30 nm 112
3 TiO2 Sol-gel hydrolysis of (Ti(OC3H7)4), followed by hydrothermal treatment, 10 nm
113
Table 1.6. Nanoparticles prepared by sol-gel synthesis
1.5.5. Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)
In chemical vapor deposition (CVD), the vaporized precursors are introduced into
a CVD reactor, where the precursor molecules adsorb onto a substrate held at an
elevated temperature. These adsorbed molecules will be either thermally
decomposed or reacted with other gases/vapors to form a solid film on the
substrate. Such a gas–solid chemical reaction at the surface of a substrate is
34 Chapter 1
called the heterogeneous reaction. Because a number of chemical reactions may
occur in the CVD process, CVD is considered to be a process of potentially great
complexity as well as one of great versatility and flexibility. It can be used to grow
a variety of materials including metals, semiconductors, and ceramics. The solid
films can be made as amorphous, polycrystalline, or single crystalline materials
with the desired properties, depending on the growth conditions. In general,
particle formation in the gas phase in a CVD process should be avoided because
this will not only considerably deplete the reactants, leading to a non–uniform film
thickness, but also incorporate the undesirable particles in the growing film.
However, under certain experimental conditions, particle formation in the gas
phase can be used to synthesize nanosize powders or particles. Gas–phase
nucleation and controlled growth of the particles are of prime concern in the
growth processes. The particle–size range is controlled by the number of nuclei
formed in the reactor and the concentration of the condensing species. Nowadays,
CVD is employed with respect to atmospheric pressure to synthesise
nanoparticles of various shape and size. This process is later modified as
chemical vapour condensation (CVC) [114,115]). Some other modified CVD
processes are particle-precipitation-aided chemical vapour deposition and
catalytic chemical vapour deposition and these methods can produce various
nanostructured materials in narrow distribution and size. Table 1.7 shows some
examples of the nanomaterials prepared by this technique.
No Nanomaterial Method/Result Ref
1 Semiconductor Quantum Dots
CVD, <15 nm 116-119
2 Nanosized SnO2, Fe2O3, ZnO
CVD, 2-5 nm 120-122
3 TiO2 CVD, 60 nm at 10000C 123
4 Carbides (SiC) CVD, ~9 nm 124
5 TiN PP-CVD, 5 nm 125
6 Carbon Nanotubes CCVD, diameter ~ 1 nm 126,127
7 Carbon Nanotubes Combination of CVD and template–synthesis methods, aligned CNTs with diameter ~ 20-200 nm
128
Table 1.7. Nanoparticles prepared by chemical vapour deposition technique.
![Page 35: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/35.jpg)
Introduction 35
1.5.6. Aerosol Methods
Research into condensation and growth of materials from a vapor has been occurring
since the early 1900's but only until the early 1960's has it been formulated in a more
concise way. Starting with methods previously applied to atmospheric aerosol
condensation Sutugin and Fuchs [129] were able to apply the classical theory to get a
first glimpse at the importance that the competing processes of coalescence and
aggregation play. The works done in the 1990's by Flagan and co-workers [130] and
Windeler et al [131] have greatly improved the understanding and application of
aerosol condensation theory. With the process of initial nucleation of nanocrystal
nuclei unknown, they were still able to formulate a theory that incorporates Brownian
collision, aggregation and coalescence growth through surface area minimization and
solid state diffusion and agglomerate versus single particle formation. There are three
essential processing stages. Evaporation of the bulk material in an inert environment,
transport of the vapor through a temperature gradient and collection of the produced
nanocrystals are the very general ideas. A brief account of the nanomaterials
prepared by this technique is given in table 1.8.
No Nanomaterial Method/Result Ref
1 Titania IGC method, 30 nm 130
2 Nickel nanocrystals Gas Blow Arc Reactor, 6-25 nm 132
3 Luminescent Si nanoparticles
Spark Ablation, diameter 2-10 nm 133, 134
4 Titania Arc Evaporated Cluster Source, diameter 1-100 nm
135, 136
5 Titania Gas Phase Reaction in a free jet, 20 nm 137
6 Si Laser Ablation, 3 nm 138
7 Oxides Diffusion Cloud Chamber, diameter ~ 50 nm 139
8 Nanocrystals of W, Cu and Ag
Sputtering, diameter 10-60 nm 140
9 Nanoparticles Au and TiO2
Magneton Sputtering, diameter 7-15 nm 141
Table 1.8. Nanoparticles prepared by aerosol methods
36 Chapter 1
1.5.7. Polyol Method or Induced Crystallization
The growth of a particular crystalline phase or modification of morphology of
certain materials has been the goal of material scientists over past several years.
It has been known that inorganic materials such as alkali halides, talc, clay,
minerals etc., especially in fine particulate form can act as nucleating agent for
crystallization of polymers [142-146], and in some instance the polymer grows
epitaxially on the inorganic substrates [147,148]. However, the influence of
polymers on the growth of inorganic crystals has not been studied very
extensively. Biomineralisation especially has drawn considerable interest because
of the fascinating features observed, such as growth of certain inorganic
compounds (calcium carbonate, phosphates, iron oxides, etc.) by the biological
systems in most unusual morphological forms which at the same time show single
crystal type diffraction patterns [149-151]. These systems are quite complex,
involving many types of macromolecules, and the exact role of the polymeric
substances-proteins, long chain fatty acids etc in controlling the morphology is not
yet fully understood.
Radhakrishnan and coworkers studied the crystallization behavior of inorganic
salts such as cupric chloride, calcium chloride, potassium carbonate etc in
polymeric media and found that the crystallization of the polymer or its orientation
can influence the inorganic salts as well [152-154]. Calcium sulphate was also
prepared by this in-situ technique [155].
1.6. Critical issues in nanocomposites
Just as in traditional fiber composites, the major challenges in the research of
nanocomposites can be categorized in terms of the structures from nano to micro
to macro levels. There is still considerable uncertainty in theoretical modeling and
experimental characterization of the nano-scale reinforcement materials,
particularly nanotubes. Then, there is a lack of understanding of the interfacial
bonding between the reinforcements and the matrix material from both analytical
and experimental viewpoints. Lastly, the challenges at the level of
nanocomposites have mainly to do with the following issues related to composites
processing:
![Page 36: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/36.jpg)
Introduction 35
1.5.6. Aerosol Methods
Research into condensation and growth of materials from a vapor has been occurring
since the early 1900's but only until the early 1960's has it been formulated in a more
concise way. Starting with methods previously applied to atmospheric aerosol
condensation Sutugin and Fuchs [129] were able to apply the classical theory to get a
first glimpse at the importance that the competing processes of coalescence and
aggregation play. The works done in the 1990's by Flagan and co-workers [130] and
Windeler et al [131] have greatly improved the understanding and application of
aerosol condensation theory. With the process of initial nucleation of nanocrystal
nuclei unknown, they were still able to formulate a theory that incorporates Brownian
collision, aggregation and coalescence growth through surface area minimization and
solid state diffusion and agglomerate versus single particle formation. There are three
essential processing stages. Evaporation of the bulk material in an inert environment,
transport of the vapor through a temperature gradient and collection of the produced
nanocrystals are the very general ideas. A brief account of the nanomaterials
prepared by this technique is given in table 1.8.
No Nanomaterial Method/Result Ref
1 Titania IGC method, 30 nm 130
2 Nickel nanocrystals Gas Blow Arc Reactor, 6-25 nm 132
3 Luminescent Si nanoparticles
Spark Ablation, diameter 2-10 nm 133, 134
4 Titania Arc Evaporated Cluster Source, diameter 1-100 nm
135, 136
5 Titania Gas Phase Reaction in a free jet, 20 nm 137
6 Si Laser Ablation, 3 nm 138
7 Oxides Diffusion Cloud Chamber, diameter ~ 50 nm 139
8 Nanocrystals of W, Cu and Ag
Sputtering, diameter 10-60 nm 140
9 Nanoparticles Au and TiO2
Magneton Sputtering, diameter 7-15 nm 141
Table 1.8. Nanoparticles prepared by aerosol methods
36 Chapter 1
1.5.7. Polyol Method or Induced Crystallization
The growth of a particular crystalline phase or modification of morphology of
certain materials has been the goal of material scientists over past several years.
It has been known that inorganic materials such as alkali halides, talc, clay,
minerals etc., especially in fine particulate form can act as nucleating agent for
crystallization of polymers [142-146], and in some instance the polymer grows
epitaxially on the inorganic substrates [147,148]. However, the influence of
polymers on the growth of inorganic crystals has not been studied very
extensively. Biomineralisation especially has drawn considerable interest because
of the fascinating features observed, such as growth of certain inorganic
compounds (calcium carbonate, phosphates, iron oxides, etc.) by the biological
systems in most unusual morphological forms which at the same time show single
crystal type diffraction patterns [149-151]. These systems are quite complex,
involving many types of macromolecules, and the exact role of the polymeric
substances-proteins, long chain fatty acids etc in controlling the morphology is not
yet fully understood.
Radhakrishnan and coworkers studied the crystallization behavior of inorganic
salts such as cupric chloride, calcium chloride, potassium carbonate etc in
polymeric media and found that the crystallization of the polymer or its orientation
can influence the inorganic salts as well [152-154]. Calcium sulphate was also
prepared by this in-situ technique [155].
1.6. Critical issues in nanocomposites
Just as in traditional fiber composites, the major challenges in the research of
nanocomposites can be categorized in terms of the structures from nano to micro
to macro levels. There is still considerable uncertainty in theoretical modeling and
experimental characterization of the nano-scale reinforcement materials,
particularly nanotubes. Then, there is a lack of understanding of the interfacial
bonding between the reinforcements and the matrix material from both analytical
and experimental viewpoints. Lastly, the challenges at the level of
nanocomposites have mainly to do with the following issues related to composites
processing:
![Page 37: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/37.jpg)
Introduction 37
1.6.1. Dispersion
Uniform dispersion of nanoparticles, and nanotubes against their agglomeration due
to van der Waals bonding is the first step in the processing of nanocomposites. Beside
the problems of agglomeration of nanoparticles, exfoliation of clays and graphitic
layers are essential. SWCNTs tend to cluster into ropes and MWCNTs produced by
chemical vapor deposition are often tangled together like spaghettis. The separation
of nanotubes in a solvent or a matrix material is a prerequisite for aligning them.
1.6.2. Alignment
Because of their small sizes, it is exceedingly difficult to align the nanotubes in a
polymeric matrix material in a manner accomplished in traditional short fiber composites.
The lack of control of their orientation diminishes the effectiveness of nanotube
reinforcement in composites, whether for structural or functional performance.
1.6.3. Volume and rate
High volume and high rate fabrication is fundamental to manufacturing of
nanocomposites as a commercially viable product. The lessons learned in the
fabrication of traditional fiber composites have clearly demonstrated that the
development of a science base for manufacturing is indispensable. Efficiency in
manufacturing is pivotal to the future development of nanocomposites.
1.6.4. Cost effectiveness
Besides high volume and high rate production, the cost of nanocomposites also
hinges on that of the nanoreinforcement material, particularly, nanotubes. It is
anticipated that as applications for nanotubes and their composites increase the
cost will be dramatically reduced.
1.7. Preparation of Nanocomposites
Making good samples of polymer matrix nanocomposites is a challenging area
that draws considerable effort. Researchers have tried a variety of processing
techniques to make polymer matrix nanocomposites. Creating one universal
technique for making polymer nanocomposites is difficult due to the physical and
chemical differences between each system and various types of equipment
38 Chapter 1
available to researchers. Each polymer system requires a special set of
processing conditions to be formed, based on the processing efficiency and
desired product properties. The different processing techniques in general do not
yield equivalent results. Polymer nanocomposites were prepared by several
methods. Broadly all these methods can be divided into two such as ex-situ and
in-situ. In ex-situ both the polymer and the nanofiller are taken separately and
mixed together. These methods are discussed below.
1.7.1. Melt intercalation or melt blending method
This method involves annealing, statically or under shear, a mixture of the polymer
and nanofiller above the softening point of the polymer. This method has great
advantages over either in-situ intercalative polymerization or polymer solution
intercalation. First, this method is environmentally benign due to the absence of organic
solvents. Second, it is compatible with current industrial process, such as extrusion and
injection molding. The melt intercalation method allows the use of polymers which were
previously not suitable for in-situ polymerization or solution intercalation.
Recently, the melt intercalation technique has become the standard for the
preparation of polymer nanocomposites especially for layered nanocomposites.
During polymer intercalation from solution, a relatively large number of solvent
molecules have to be desorbed from the host to accommodate the incoming polymer
chains. The desorbed solvent molecules gain one translational degree of freedom,
and the resulting entropic gain compensates for the decrease in conformational
entropy of the confined polymer chains. Therefore, there are many advantages to
direct melt intercalation over solution intercalation. For example, direct melt
intercalation is highly specific for the polymer, leading to new hybrids that were
previously inaccessible. In addition, the absence of a solvent makes direct melt
intercalation an environmentally sound and an economically favorable method for
industries from a waste perspective.
In order to understand the thermodynamic issue associated with nanocomposite
formation, Vaia et al. [156,157] applied a mean-field statistical lattice model, reporting
that calculations based on the mean field theory agree well with experimental results
[156]. Although there is an entropy loss associated with the confinement of a polymer
![Page 38: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/38.jpg)
Introduction 37
1.6.1. Dispersion
Uniform dispersion of nanoparticles, and nanotubes against their agglomeration due
to van der Waals bonding is the first step in the processing of nanocomposites. Beside
the problems of agglomeration of nanoparticles, exfoliation of clays and graphitic
layers are essential. SWCNTs tend to cluster into ropes and MWCNTs produced by
chemical vapor deposition are often tangled together like spaghettis. The separation
of nanotubes in a solvent or a matrix material is a prerequisite for aligning them.
1.6.2. Alignment
Because of their small sizes, it is exceedingly difficult to align the nanotubes in a
polymeric matrix material in a manner accomplished in traditional short fiber composites.
The lack of control of their orientation diminishes the effectiveness of nanotube
reinforcement in composites, whether for structural or functional performance.
1.6.3. Volume and rate
High volume and high rate fabrication is fundamental to manufacturing of
nanocomposites as a commercially viable product. The lessons learned in the
fabrication of traditional fiber composites have clearly demonstrated that the
development of a science base for manufacturing is indispensable. Efficiency in
manufacturing is pivotal to the future development of nanocomposites.
1.6.4. Cost effectiveness
Besides high volume and high rate production, the cost of nanocomposites also
hinges on that of the nanoreinforcement material, particularly, nanotubes. It is
anticipated that as applications for nanotubes and their composites increase the
cost will be dramatically reduced.
1.7. Preparation of Nanocomposites
Making good samples of polymer matrix nanocomposites is a challenging area
that draws considerable effort. Researchers have tried a variety of processing
techniques to make polymer matrix nanocomposites. Creating one universal
technique for making polymer nanocomposites is difficult due to the physical and
chemical differences between each system and various types of equipment
38 Chapter 1
available to researchers. Each polymer system requires a special set of
processing conditions to be formed, based on the processing efficiency and
desired product properties. The different processing techniques in general do not
yield equivalent results. Polymer nanocomposites were prepared by several
methods. Broadly all these methods can be divided into two such as ex-situ and
in-situ. In ex-situ both the polymer and the nanofiller are taken separately and
mixed together. These methods are discussed below.
1.7.1. Melt intercalation or melt blending method
This method involves annealing, statically or under shear, a mixture of the polymer
and nanofiller above the softening point of the polymer. This method has great
advantages over either in-situ intercalative polymerization or polymer solution
intercalation. First, this method is environmentally benign due to the absence of organic
solvents. Second, it is compatible with current industrial process, such as extrusion and
injection molding. The melt intercalation method allows the use of polymers which were
previously not suitable for in-situ polymerization or solution intercalation.
Recently, the melt intercalation technique has become the standard for the
preparation of polymer nanocomposites especially for layered nanocomposites.
During polymer intercalation from solution, a relatively large number of solvent
molecules have to be desorbed from the host to accommodate the incoming polymer
chains. The desorbed solvent molecules gain one translational degree of freedom,
and the resulting entropic gain compensates for the decrease in conformational
entropy of the confined polymer chains. Therefore, there are many advantages to
direct melt intercalation over solution intercalation. For example, direct melt
intercalation is highly specific for the polymer, leading to new hybrids that were
previously inaccessible. In addition, the absence of a solvent makes direct melt
intercalation an environmentally sound and an economically favorable method for
industries from a waste perspective.
In order to understand the thermodynamic issue associated with nanocomposite
formation, Vaia et al. [156,157] applied a mean-field statistical lattice model, reporting
that calculations based on the mean field theory agree well with experimental results
[156]. Although there is an entropy loss associated with the confinement of a polymer
![Page 39: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/39.jpg)
Introduction 39
melt with nanocomposite formation, this process is allowed because there is an entropy
gain associated with the layer separation, resulting in a net entropy change near to zero.
Thus, from the theoretical model, the outcome of nanocomposite formation via polymer
melt intercalation depends primarily on energetic factors, which may be determined from
the surface energies of the polymer and nanofiller, especially the layered ones.
Polystyrene was the first polymer used for the melt intercalation technique with
alkylammonium cation modified MMT and there are a large number of reports of
preparation of nanocomposites by this technique (Table 1.9).
No Nanocomposite Method/result Ref
1 PS/MMT Heated at 650C, new peaks in WAXS 157-159
2 PEO/Na+MMT Heated at 800C, fully intercalated 160, 161
3 N6/clay Twin Screw extruder at 2400C, Exfoliation for low loading intercalation for high loading
162-166
4 PP/MMT PP-OH as compatibilizer, intercalated structure 167-173
5 PE-g-MMT Extent of exfoliation and intercalation depends on the hydrophilicity of the PE-g-MA and the chain length of the organic modifier in the clay
174
6 EPDM/clay Vulcanization process, exfoliated structure 175
7 PET/MMT Mini twin-screw extruder at 2850C, delaminated/intercalated structure
176
8 PLA/OMLS Extruder at 1950C 177, 178
9 PP/CaCO3 Melt mixing, good dispersion for low loading 179,180
10 PU/Silica Melt mixing, curing at 1000C, particle size 12 nm, agglomeration from 40%
181
11 PP/SiO2 Styrene grafting on particles, irradiated, melt mixing with PP
182
12 HDPE/PP Melt mixing and extrusion, HDPE matrix and PP nanofibrils of 30-150nm diameter
183
13 PE/MMT Melt intercalation 184
14 PE/MMT Extruder, melt intercalation Photo oxidative degradation
185
15 PE/OMMT Melt blending in brabender, thermal degradation is less for nanocomposites
186
16 Starch Clay Melt intercalation, thermal stability and biodegradation depends on filler content
187-189
17 PCL/Clay Melt intercalation 190,191
Table 1.9. Examples of nanocomposite preparation by the melt blending technique
40 Chapter 1
The in-situ method is mainly used for the layered hosts and polymers. Here
usually the monomer is taken and subsequent polymerization is occurring in the
reaction medium. The preparative methods are divided into two main groups
according to the starting materials and processing techniques:
1.7.2. Intercalation of polymer or pre-polymer from solution
This is based on a solvent system in which the polymer or pre-polymer is soluble
and the nanofiller usually used is layered one such as silicates, hydroxides which
are swellable. The layered filler is first swollen in a solvent, such as water,
chloroform or toluene. When the polymer and layered material solutions are
mixed, the polymer chains intercalate and displace the solvent within the
interlayers. Upon solvent removal, the intercalated structure remains, resulting in
polymer layered nanocomposite.
Water-soluble polymers, such as polyethylene oxide (PEO) [192], polyvinyl alcohol
(PVA) [193], polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP) [194] and polyethyl vinyl acetate (PEVA)
[195], have been intercalated into the clay galleries using this method. Examples
from non-aqueous solvents are nanocomposites of polycaprolactone (PCL)/clay
[196] and polylactic acid (PLA)/clay [197] in chloroform as a co-solvent, and high-
density PE (HDPE) with xylene and benzonitrile [198]. Nematic liquid crystal PLS
nanocomposites have also been prepared using this method in various organic
solvents, such as toluene and DMF [199].
The thermodynamics involved in this method are described in the following. For
the overall process, in which polymer is exchanged with the previously
intercalated solvent in the gallery, a negative variation in the Gibbs free energy is
required. The driving force for the polymer intercalation into layered silicate from
solution is the entropy gained by desorption of solvent molecules, which
compensates for the decreased entropy of the confined, intercalated chains [156].
Using this method, intercalation only occurs for certain polymer/solvent pairs. This
method is good for the intercalation of polymers with little or no polarity into
layered structures, and facilitates production of thin films with polymer-oriented
clay intercalated layers. However, from commercial point of view, this method
![Page 40: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/40.jpg)
Introduction 39
melt with nanocomposite formation, this process is allowed because there is an entropy
gain associated with the layer separation, resulting in a net entropy change near to zero.
Thus, from the theoretical model, the outcome of nanocomposite formation via polymer
melt intercalation depends primarily on energetic factors, which may be determined from
the surface energies of the polymer and nanofiller, especially the layered ones.
Polystyrene was the first polymer used for the melt intercalation technique with
alkylammonium cation modified MMT and there are a large number of reports of
preparation of nanocomposites by this technique (Table 1.9).
No Nanocomposite Method/result Ref
1 PS/MMT Heated at 650C, new peaks in WAXS 157-159
2 PEO/Na+MMT Heated at 800C, fully intercalated 160, 161
3 N6/clay Twin Screw extruder at 2400C, Exfoliation for low loading intercalation for high loading
162-166
4 PP/MMT PP-OH as compatibilizer, intercalated structure 167-173
5 PE-g-MMT Extent of exfoliation and intercalation depends on the hydrophilicity of the PE-g-MA and the chain length of the organic modifier in the clay
174
6 EPDM/clay Vulcanization process, exfoliated structure 175
7 PET/MMT Mini twin-screw extruder at 2850C, delaminated/intercalated structure
176
8 PLA/OMLS Extruder at 1950C 177, 178
9 PP/CaCO3 Melt mixing, good dispersion for low loading 179,180
10 PU/Silica Melt mixing, curing at 1000C, particle size 12 nm, agglomeration from 40%
181
11 PP/SiO2 Styrene grafting on particles, irradiated, melt mixing with PP
182
12 HDPE/PP Melt mixing and extrusion, HDPE matrix and PP nanofibrils of 30-150nm diameter
183
13 PE/MMT Melt intercalation 184
14 PE/MMT Extruder, melt intercalation Photo oxidative degradation
185
15 PE/OMMT Melt blending in brabender, thermal degradation is less for nanocomposites
186
16 Starch Clay Melt intercalation, thermal stability and biodegradation depends on filler content
187-189
17 PCL/Clay Melt intercalation 190,191
Table 1.9. Examples of nanocomposite preparation by the melt blending technique
40 Chapter 1
The in-situ method is mainly used for the layered hosts and polymers. Here
usually the monomer is taken and subsequent polymerization is occurring in the
reaction medium. The preparative methods are divided into two main groups
according to the starting materials and processing techniques:
1.7.2. Intercalation of polymer or pre-polymer from solution
This is based on a solvent system in which the polymer or pre-polymer is soluble
and the nanofiller usually used is layered one such as silicates, hydroxides which
are swellable. The layered filler is first swollen in a solvent, such as water,
chloroform or toluene. When the polymer and layered material solutions are
mixed, the polymer chains intercalate and displace the solvent within the
interlayers. Upon solvent removal, the intercalated structure remains, resulting in
polymer layered nanocomposite.
Water-soluble polymers, such as polyethylene oxide (PEO) [192], polyvinyl alcohol
(PVA) [193], polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP) [194] and polyethyl vinyl acetate (PEVA)
[195], have been intercalated into the clay galleries using this method. Examples
from non-aqueous solvents are nanocomposites of polycaprolactone (PCL)/clay
[196] and polylactic acid (PLA)/clay [197] in chloroform as a co-solvent, and high-
density PE (HDPE) with xylene and benzonitrile [198]. Nematic liquid crystal PLS
nanocomposites have also been prepared using this method in various organic
solvents, such as toluene and DMF [199].
The thermodynamics involved in this method are described in the following. For
the overall process, in which polymer is exchanged with the previously
intercalated solvent in the gallery, a negative variation in the Gibbs free energy is
required. The driving force for the polymer intercalation into layered silicate from
solution is the entropy gained by desorption of solvent molecules, which
compensates for the decreased entropy of the confined, intercalated chains [156].
Using this method, intercalation only occurs for certain polymer/solvent pairs. This
method is good for the intercalation of polymers with little or no polarity into
layered structures, and facilitates production of thin films with polymer-oriented
clay intercalated layers. However, from commercial point of view, this method
![Page 41: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/41.jpg)
Introduction 41
involves the copious use of organic solvents, which is usually environmentally
unfriendly and economically prohibitive.
Some of the important polymer nanocomposites prepared by this method is given
in Table 1.10.
No Nanocomposites Comments Ref.
1 PEO/MMT Different polar solvents used, good stability towards solvents
192
2 PEO/Na+MMT Acetonitrile as solvent, d-spacing increased from 0.98nm to 1.36nm
200
3 PEO/MMT Chloroform as co-solvent 201-203
4 PDMS/MMT Sonicating a mixture of silanol terminated PDMS and organosilicate
204
5 Polyimide/MMT Effect of OMLS 205
6 Polyimide/MMT Solvent cast method, exfoliation at low MMT and partial exfoliation high loading
206
7 PLA/MMT Dissolving in hot chloroform, clay in tactoid form
207
8 HDPE/MMT Dissolving in a mixture of xylene and benzonitrile, partial exfoliation
199
9 PVA/MMT MMT/water suspension containing dissolved PVA.
208-210
10 PS-PI/OMLS Dissolved in toluene, intercalated structure 211,212
11 HBP/MMT Dispersed in deionised water 213
12 PP/Alumina Polymer in solution 214
13 PE Solution blending 184
14 Starch clay Solution method, thermal degradation depends on clay dispersion, re association of starch chains
215
15 PPV/Silica Solution blending, Kinetics of thermal degradation
216
Table 1.10. Examples of nanocomposite preparation by the intercalation of polymer technique
42 Chapter 1
1.7.3. In-situ intercalative polymerization method
In this method, the layered material is swollen within the liquid monomer or a
monomer solution so the polymer formation can occur between the intercalated
sheets. Polymerization can be initiated either by heat or radiation, by the diffusion
of a suitable initiator, or by an organic initiator or catalyst fixed through cation
exchange inside the interlayer before the swelling step. Although inter-lamellar
polymerization techniques using appropriately modified layered silicate or
synthetic layered silicates [217,218] have long been known, the field of polymer
layered silicate (PLS) nanocomposites gained momentum recently due to the
report of a N6/MMT nanocomposite from the Toyota research group [219], where
very small amounts of layered silicate loadings resulted in pronounced improvements
in thermal and mechanical properties. Table 1.11 gives a brief account of the major
nanocomposites developed by this technique.
No Nanocomposite Method, Result Ref
1 N6/MMT Ring opening polymerization of caprolactum 219-222
2 PA12/MMT In-situ polymerization 223
3 PCL/MMT Dispersion of MMT in liquid caprolactone 224, 225
4 PU/MMT In-situ polymerization 226-228
5 PMMA/MMT OMLS dispersed in MMA, intercalated 229, 230
6 PP/MMT Soluble metallocene catalysts to intercalate inside silicate layers, and coordination polymerization of propylene
231, 232
7 PE/MMT Brookhart’s single component palladium-based complex, fluorohectorite
233
8 PE/MMT MMT-OH and ethylene polymerization by fixing a Ti-based Ziegler–Natta catalyst
234
9 PE/MMT Polymerization filling technique 235, 236
10 PET/MMT Exfoliation of clays into ethylene glycol 237-239
11 Epoxy/MMT Dispersion of OMLS into DGEBA 240-245
12 PA6/Silica In-situ polymerization of ε-caproamide 246
13 PMMA/alumina Monomer and particles sonicated, initiator and chain transfer agent, polymn
247-249
14 PE/clay In-situ polymerization 234, 250
15 PCL/Clay In-situ polymerization 251
Table 1.11. Examples of nanocomposite preparation by the in-situ intercalative polymerization technique
![Page 42: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/42.jpg)
Introduction 41
involves the copious use of organic solvents, which is usually environmentally
unfriendly and economically prohibitive.
Some of the important polymer nanocomposites prepared by this method is given
in Table 1.10.
No Nanocomposites Comments Ref.
1 PEO/MMT Different polar solvents used, good stability towards solvents
192
2 PEO/Na+MMT Acetonitrile as solvent, d-spacing increased from 0.98nm to 1.36nm
200
3 PEO/MMT Chloroform as co-solvent 201-203
4 PDMS/MMT Sonicating a mixture of silanol terminated PDMS and organosilicate
204
5 Polyimide/MMT Effect of OMLS 205
6 Polyimide/MMT Solvent cast method, exfoliation at low MMT and partial exfoliation high loading
206
7 PLA/MMT Dissolving in hot chloroform, clay in tactoid form
207
8 HDPE/MMT Dissolving in a mixture of xylene and benzonitrile, partial exfoliation
199
9 PVA/MMT MMT/water suspension containing dissolved PVA.
208-210
10 PS-PI/OMLS Dissolved in toluene, intercalated structure 211,212
11 HBP/MMT Dispersed in deionised water 213
12 PP/Alumina Polymer in solution 214
13 PE Solution blending 184
14 Starch clay Solution method, thermal degradation depends on clay dispersion, re association of starch chains
215
15 PPV/Silica Solution blending, Kinetics of thermal degradation
216
Table 1.10. Examples of nanocomposite preparation by the intercalation of polymer technique
42 Chapter 1
1.7.3. In-situ intercalative polymerization method
In this method, the layered material is swollen within the liquid monomer or a
monomer solution so the polymer formation can occur between the intercalated
sheets. Polymerization can be initiated either by heat or radiation, by the diffusion
of a suitable initiator, or by an organic initiator or catalyst fixed through cation
exchange inside the interlayer before the swelling step. Although inter-lamellar
polymerization techniques using appropriately modified layered silicate or
synthetic layered silicates [217,218] have long been known, the field of polymer
layered silicate (PLS) nanocomposites gained momentum recently due to the
report of a N6/MMT nanocomposite from the Toyota research group [219], where
very small amounts of layered silicate loadings resulted in pronounced improvements
in thermal and mechanical properties. Table 1.11 gives a brief account of the major
nanocomposites developed by this technique.
No Nanocomposite Method, Result Ref
1 N6/MMT Ring opening polymerization of caprolactum 219-222
2 PA12/MMT In-situ polymerization 223
3 PCL/MMT Dispersion of MMT in liquid caprolactone 224, 225
4 PU/MMT In-situ polymerization 226-228
5 PMMA/MMT OMLS dispersed in MMA, intercalated 229, 230
6 PP/MMT Soluble metallocene catalysts to intercalate inside silicate layers, and coordination polymerization of propylene
231, 232
7 PE/MMT Brookhart’s single component palladium-based complex, fluorohectorite
233
8 PE/MMT MMT-OH and ethylene polymerization by fixing a Ti-based Ziegler–Natta catalyst
234
9 PE/MMT Polymerization filling technique 235, 236
10 PET/MMT Exfoliation of clays into ethylene glycol 237-239
11 Epoxy/MMT Dispersion of OMLS into DGEBA 240-245
12 PA6/Silica In-situ polymerization of ε-caproamide 246
13 PMMA/alumina Monomer and particles sonicated, initiator and chain transfer agent, polymn
247-249
14 PE/clay In-situ polymerization 234, 250
15 PCL/Clay In-situ polymerization 251
Table 1.11. Examples of nanocomposite preparation by the in-situ intercalative polymerization technique
![Page 43: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/43.jpg)
Introduction 43
In addition to these three major processing methods, other fabrication
techniques have been also developed. These include solid intercalation [252],
covulcanization [175], and the solgel method [253]. Some of these methods
are in the early stages of development and have not yet been widely applied.
1.8. Properties of nanocomposites
Nanocomposites consisting of a polymer and nanofiller (modified or not)
frequently exhibit remarkably improved mechanical and materials properties
when compared to those of pristine polymers containing a small amount
(≤5 wt%) of layered silicate. Improvements include a higher modulus,
increased strength and heat resistance, decreased gas permeability and
flammability, and increased biodegradability of biodegradable polymers. The
main reason for these improved properties in nanocomposites is the stronger
interfacial interaction between the matrix and layered silicate, compared with
conventional filler reinforced systems. The following section will cover up some
of the important areas of composite properties cited in literature.
1.8.1. Mechanical Properties
Tensile and flexural properties
The tensile modulus of a polymeric material has been shown to be remarkably
improved when nanocomposites are formed. PA6 nanocomposites prepared
through the in-situ intercalative ring opening polymerization of ω-caprolactam,
leading to the formation of exfoliated nanocomposites, exhibit a drastic
increase in the tensile properties at rather low filler content [254]. The main
reason for the drastic improvement in tensile modulus in PA6 nanocomposites
is the strong interaction between matrix and silicate layers via formation of
hydrogen bonds. Mechanical properties of the various nanocomposites are
depicted in Table 1.12.
44 Chapter 1
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 PA6/OMLS Modulus increased from 1 to 3 GPa 222,255
2 PPCN Modulus increased from 600 to 1200 MPa 172
3 PP/OMLS Depends on compatibilizer properties 256
4 PP/CN Tensile modulus and strength improved 300 and 50%
171
5 Epoxy/MMT Modulus showed drastic improvement, exfoliated structure
243, 244
6 PLA/OMLS Flexural modulus improved 257
7 PP/CaCO3 Young’s modulus increased with loading while TS and YS decreased
180, 258
8 PP/SiO2 Young’s modulus less for grafted ones & reverse for TS
182
9 HDPE/PP All mechanical increased 183
10 PP/Alumina Increase in Young’s modulus 214
11 PMMA/alumina Drop in YM and increment in TS 247-249
12 PA6/Clay 2% and 5% clay increased Young’s modulus to 40 and 100%
259
13 PA6/Clay Linear increase in YM for both intercalated and exfoliation
260
14 Semicrystalline nanocomposites
Fracture toughness and fracture mechanisms
261
15 Nanocomposites Modeling of mechanical properties 262
16 Copolymer latex/MMT
Modeling of mechanical properties 263
17 N6/acrylate rubber/clay
High toughness and stiffness 264
18 RPET/MMT Improved yield strength and modulus, delaminated structure 265
19 PMMA/CaCO3 Improvement in Young’s modulus and abrasion resistance 266
20 PA-6/MMT/glass fibers
Higher flexural modulus and compressive strength at high temperatures 267
Table 1.12. Polymer nanocomposites showing mechanical properties
![Page 44: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/44.jpg)
Introduction 43
In addition to these three major processing methods, other fabrication
techniques have been also developed. These include solid intercalation [252],
covulcanization [175], and the solgel method [253]. Some of these methods
are in the early stages of development and have not yet been widely applied.
1.8. Properties of nanocomposites
Nanocomposites consisting of a polymer and nanofiller (modified or not)
frequently exhibit remarkably improved mechanical and materials properties
when compared to those of pristine polymers containing a small amount
(≤5 wt%) of layered silicate. Improvements include a higher modulus,
increased strength and heat resistance, decreased gas permeability and
flammability, and increased biodegradability of biodegradable polymers. The
main reason for these improved properties in nanocomposites is the stronger
interfacial interaction between the matrix and layered silicate, compared with
conventional filler reinforced systems. The following section will cover up some
of the important areas of composite properties cited in literature.
1.8.1. Mechanical Properties
Tensile and flexural properties
The tensile modulus of a polymeric material has been shown to be remarkably
improved when nanocomposites are formed. PA6 nanocomposites prepared
through the in-situ intercalative ring opening polymerization of ω-caprolactam,
leading to the formation of exfoliated nanocomposites, exhibit a drastic
increase in the tensile properties at rather low filler content [254]. The main
reason for the drastic improvement in tensile modulus in PA6 nanocomposites
is the strong interaction between matrix and silicate layers via formation of
hydrogen bonds. Mechanical properties of the various nanocomposites are
depicted in Table 1.12.
44 Chapter 1
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 PA6/OMLS Modulus increased from 1 to 3 GPa 222,255
2 PPCN Modulus increased from 600 to 1200 MPa 172
3 PP/OMLS Depends on compatibilizer properties 256
4 PP/CN Tensile modulus and strength improved 300 and 50%
171
5 Epoxy/MMT Modulus showed drastic improvement, exfoliated structure
243, 244
6 PLA/OMLS Flexural modulus improved 257
7 PP/CaCO3 Young’s modulus increased with loading while TS and YS decreased
180, 258
8 PP/SiO2 Young’s modulus less for grafted ones & reverse for TS
182
9 HDPE/PP All mechanical increased 183
10 PP/Alumina Increase in Young’s modulus 214
11 PMMA/alumina Drop in YM and increment in TS 247-249
12 PA6/Clay 2% and 5% clay increased Young’s modulus to 40 and 100%
259
13 PA6/Clay Linear increase in YM for both intercalated and exfoliation
260
14 Semicrystalline nanocomposites
Fracture toughness and fracture mechanisms
261
15 Nanocomposites Modeling of mechanical properties 262
16 Copolymer latex/MMT
Modeling of mechanical properties 263
17 N6/acrylate rubber/clay
High toughness and stiffness 264
18 RPET/MMT Improved yield strength and modulus, delaminated structure 265
19 PMMA/CaCO3 Improvement in Young’s modulus and abrasion resistance 266
20 PA-6/MMT/glass fibers
Higher flexural modulus and compressive strength at high temperatures 267
Table 1.12. Polymer nanocomposites showing mechanical properties
![Page 45: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/45.jpg)
Introduction 45
The Young’s modulus tends to increase with the volume fraction of inclusions in
every case. In some systems, there is a critical volume fraction at which
aggregation occurs and the modulus goes down [206, 268–271]. In general, there
is also an increase in modulus as the size of the particle decreases. Interaction
between matrix and filler may play an important role in the effects of the
nanoparticles on composite properties [268–270]. For polymer systems capable of
having a higher degree of crystallinity, the increase in modulus with decreasing
particle size is found to be greater in systems with poor interaction between filler
and matrix as opposed to those with good interaction. However, the overall trend
of the modulus of polymer nanocomposites is not found to be greatly dependent
upon the nature of the matrix nor the interaction between filler and matrix [272].
For composites with good interaction between filler and matrix, the yield stress
tends to increase with increasing volume fraction and decreasing particle size,
similarly to the increase in modulus under same conditions. The pattern changes
when there is poor interaction between the matrix and particles. The addition of
nanoparticles with poor interaction with the matrix causes the yield stress to
decrease, compared to the neat matrix, regardless of the filler concentration or
size. The tensile strength follows a similar pattern as that observed for the yield
stress. There is no uniform trend with respect to the volume fraction of particles for
the ultimate stress. Poor filler–matrix interaction leads to a decrease in the
ultimate and yield stress as compared to the pure matrix system [272].
1.8.2. Dynamic mechanical analysis
DMA has been used to study the temperature dependence of storage modulus
and loss modulus upon nanocomposites formation under different experimental
procedures. The nanocomposites showed remarkable improvement in storage
modulus. This behavior is explained on the basis of good interaction between the
polymer and the filler particles [177]. Some prominent results are described in
Table 1.13.
46 Chapter 1
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 PMMA/SPN10 G’ increases for all temperatures, Tg shifted to left, intercalated structure
273
2 PPCN Two peaks for tanδ three relaxations 171, 274
3 N6/OMLS G’ increases for all temperatures, intercalated structure
259
4 PA6/Clay Storage modulus increased with filler content 260, 275
5 PVDF/clay Storage modulus increased with filler content 276
6 Epoxy/clay Exfoliated structure, fast increase in storage modulus
277
7 PBT/MMT Improved dynamic mechanical properties 278
8 PVA/Laponite Dynamic mechanical properties increased, Swelling decreased 279
Table 1.13. Polymer nanocomposites showing dynamic mechanical properties
In general, viscoelastic properties tend to be higher in nanocomposites than in
pure polymer systems. When there is good filler–matrix interaction, the storage
modulus generally increases with increasing volume fraction. The modulus also
seems to increase as the particle size decreases. Overall, the storage modulus
tends to increase with the presence of nanoparticles in a composite system.
1.8.3. Heat distortion temperature
Most of the nanocomposite studies report Heat distortion temperature HDT as a
function of filler content, characterized by the procedure given in ASTM D-648.
Kojima et al. [254] first showed that the HDT of pure PA6 increases up to 900C
after nanocomposite preparation with OMLS. In their further work [277] they
reported the clay content dependence of HDT of PA6/MMT nanocomposites. In
N6/MMT nanocomposites, there is a marked increase in HDT from 650C for the
neat N6 to 1520C for 4.7 wt% nanocomposite. Beyond that wt% of MMT, the HDT
of the nanocomposites level off.
The HDT change for the nanocomposites with respect to the filler content have
been analysed by various research groups. A brief account of the systems is given
below (Table 1.14):
![Page 46: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/46.jpg)
Introduction 45
The Young’s modulus tends to increase with the volume fraction of inclusions in
every case. In some systems, there is a critical volume fraction at which
aggregation occurs and the modulus goes down [206, 268–271]. In general, there
is also an increase in modulus as the size of the particle decreases. Interaction
between matrix and filler may play an important role in the effects of the
nanoparticles on composite properties [268–270]. For polymer systems capable of
having a higher degree of crystallinity, the increase in modulus with decreasing
particle size is found to be greater in systems with poor interaction between filler
and matrix as opposed to those with good interaction. However, the overall trend
of the modulus of polymer nanocomposites is not found to be greatly dependent
upon the nature of the matrix nor the interaction between filler and matrix [272].
For composites with good interaction between filler and matrix, the yield stress
tends to increase with increasing volume fraction and decreasing particle size,
similarly to the increase in modulus under same conditions. The pattern changes
when there is poor interaction between the matrix and particles. The addition of
nanoparticles with poor interaction with the matrix causes the yield stress to
decrease, compared to the neat matrix, regardless of the filler concentration or
size. The tensile strength follows a similar pattern as that observed for the yield
stress. There is no uniform trend with respect to the volume fraction of particles for
the ultimate stress. Poor filler–matrix interaction leads to a decrease in the
ultimate and yield stress as compared to the pure matrix system [272].
1.8.2. Dynamic mechanical analysis
DMA has been used to study the temperature dependence of storage modulus
and loss modulus upon nanocomposites formation under different experimental
procedures. The nanocomposites showed remarkable improvement in storage
modulus. This behavior is explained on the basis of good interaction between the
polymer and the filler particles [177]. Some prominent results are described in
Table 1.13.
46 Chapter 1
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 PMMA/SPN10 G’ increases for all temperatures, Tg shifted to left, intercalated structure
273
2 PPCN Two peaks for tanδ three relaxations 171, 274
3 N6/OMLS G’ increases for all temperatures, intercalated structure
259
4 PA6/Clay Storage modulus increased with filler content 260, 275
5 PVDF/clay Storage modulus increased with filler content 276
6 Epoxy/clay Exfoliated structure, fast increase in storage modulus
277
7 PBT/MMT Improved dynamic mechanical properties 278
8 PVA/Laponite Dynamic mechanical properties increased, Swelling decreased 279
Table 1.13. Polymer nanocomposites showing dynamic mechanical properties
In general, viscoelastic properties tend to be higher in nanocomposites than in
pure polymer systems. When there is good filler–matrix interaction, the storage
modulus generally increases with increasing volume fraction. The modulus also
seems to increase as the particle size decreases. Overall, the storage modulus
tends to increase with the presence of nanoparticles in a composite system.
1.8.3. Heat distortion temperature
Most of the nanocomposite studies report Heat distortion temperature HDT as a
function of filler content, characterized by the procedure given in ASTM D-648.
Kojima et al. [254] first showed that the HDT of pure PA6 increases up to 900C
after nanocomposite preparation with OMLS. In their further work [277] they
reported the clay content dependence of HDT of PA6/MMT nanocomposites. In
N6/MMT nanocomposites, there is a marked increase in HDT from 650C for the
neat N6 to 1520C for 4.7 wt% nanocomposite. Beyond that wt% of MMT, the HDT
of the nanocomposites level off.
The HDT change for the nanocomposites with respect to the filler content have
been analysed by various research groups. A brief account of the systems is given
below (Table 1.14):
![Page 47: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/47.jpg)
Introduction 47
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 PP/CN HDT increased from 109 to 1520C 172
2 PLA/OMLS Changed from 76 to 1110C, load dependent 257
3 N6/MMT Improved HDT for exfoliated, up to 340C after annealing, change in Tg and hydrogen bonding after annealing 280
Table 1.14. Polymer nanocomposites showing heat distortion temperature
The increase of HDT due to nanofiller dispersion is a very important property
improvement for any polymeric material, not only from application or industrial
point of view, but also because it is very difficult to achieve similar HDT
enhancements by chemical modification or reinforcement by conventional filler.
1.8.4. Thermal Stability
Generally, the incorporation of filler into the polymer matrix was found to enhance
thermal stability by acting as a superior insulator and mass transport barrier to the
volatile products generated during decomposition. Blumstein [217] first reported
the improved thermal stability of a nanocomposite that combined PMMA and MMT
clay. These PMMA nanocomposites were prepared by free radical polymerization
of MMA intercalated in the clay. He showed that the PMMA that was intercalated
(d spacing increase of 0.76 nm) between the galleries of MMT clay resisted the
thermal degradation under conditions that would otherwise completely degrade
pure PMMA. TGA data revealed that both linear and cross-linked PMMA
intercalated into MMT layers have a 40–500C higher decomposition temperature.
Blumstein argues that the stability of the PMMA nanocomposite is due not only to
its different structure, but also to the restricted thermal motion of the PMMA in the
gallery.
Recently, there have been many reports concerned with the improved thermal
stability of nanocomposites prepared with various types of nanofillers and polymer
matrices [33,281,282]. Very few important examples of the thermal studies of
nanocomposites are described in Table 1.15.
48 Chapter 1
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 PSF/MMT Significant thermal stability 283
2 SAN/Clay Increased onset of degradation 250C more 284
3 Epoxy-Silica Maximum Stiffness and thermal properties 29
4 NR/Clay
ENR/clay
Enhancement in thermal properties 285
5 PMMA/Pd Increase in oxidative thermal stability 286
6 PP/OMMT Thermo-oxidative degradation 287
7 PA6/Clay Injection moulded, thermal degradation depends on the % of water
288
8 N6/MMT Onset of degradation increased for low filler loading, activation energy increased
289,290
9 PVC/clay Polymer forms a carbonaceous char, clay stabilizes the allelic species
291
10 PVC/clay Enhances rapid decomposition, reduces the maximum decomposition rate and temperature of onset of decomposition
292
11 PBT/MMT Improved thermal stability, storage modulus 293
12 EPDM/clay Melt blending, photodegradability increased with filler content
294
13 PCL/MMT Improved thermal stability and good mechanical properties
295
14 Epoxy/clay Thermal stability depends on filler loading, exfoliated has high properties than intercalated
296,297
Table 1.15. Polymer nanocomposites showing thermal properties
The role of nanofiller in the nanocomposite structure may be the main reason for
the difference in TGA results of these systems compared to the previously
reported systems. The filler (inorganic or nanoclay) acts as a heat barrier, which
enhances the overall thermal stability of the system, as well as assist in the
formation of char after thermal decomposition. In the early stages of thermal
decomposition, the filler would shift the decomposition to higher temperature. After
that, this heat barrier effect would result in a reverse thermal stability. In other
words, the stacked silicate layers or nanofiller could hold accumulated heat that
could be used as a heat source to accelerate the decomposition process, in
conjunction with the heat flow supplied by the outside heat source.
![Page 48: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/48.jpg)
Introduction 47
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 PP/CN HDT increased from 109 to 1520C 172
2 PLA/OMLS Changed from 76 to 1110C, load dependent 257
3 N6/MMT Improved HDT for exfoliated, up to 340C after annealing, change in Tg and hydrogen bonding after annealing 280
Table 1.14. Polymer nanocomposites showing heat distortion temperature
The increase of HDT due to nanofiller dispersion is a very important property
improvement for any polymeric material, not only from application or industrial
point of view, but also because it is very difficult to achieve similar HDT
enhancements by chemical modification or reinforcement by conventional filler.
1.8.4. Thermal Stability
Generally, the incorporation of filler into the polymer matrix was found to enhance
thermal stability by acting as a superior insulator and mass transport barrier to the
volatile products generated during decomposition. Blumstein [217] first reported
the improved thermal stability of a nanocomposite that combined PMMA and MMT
clay. These PMMA nanocomposites were prepared by free radical polymerization
of MMA intercalated in the clay. He showed that the PMMA that was intercalated
(d spacing increase of 0.76 nm) between the galleries of MMT clay resisted the
thermal degradation under conditions that would otherwise completely degrade
pure PMMA. TGA data revealed that both linear and cross-linked PMMA
intercalated into MMT layers have a 40–500C higher decomposition temperature.
Blumstein argues that the stability of the PMMA nanocomposite is due not only to
its different structure, but also to the restricted thermal motion of the PMMA in the
gallery.
Recently, there have been many reports concerned with the improved thermal
stability of nanocomposites prepared with various types of nanofillers and polymer
matrices [33,281,282]. Very few important examples of the thermal studies of
nanocomposites are described in Table 1.15.
48 Chapter 1
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 PSF/MMT Significant thermal stability 283
2 SAN/Clay Increased onset of degradation 250C more 284
3 Epoxy-Silica Maximum Stiffness and thermal properties 29
4 NR/Clay
ENR/clay
Enhancement in thermal properties 285
5 PMMA/Pd Increase in oxidative thermal stability 286
6 PP/OMMT Thermo-oxidative degradation 287
7 PA6/Clay Injection moulded, thermal degradation depends on the % of water
288
8 N6/MMT Onset of degradation increased for low filler loading, activation energy increased
289,290
9 PVC/clay Polymer forms a carbonaceous char, clay stabilizes the allelic species
291
10 PVC/clay Enhances rapid decomposition, reduces the maximum decomposition rate and temperature of onset of decomposition
292
11 PBT/MMT Improved thermal stability, storage modulus 293
12 EPDM/clay Melt blending, photodegradability increased with filler content
294
13 PCL/MMT Improved thermal stability and good mechanical properties
295
14 Epoxy/clay Thermal stability depends on filler loading, exfoliated has high properties than intercalated
296,297
Table 1.15. Polymer nanocomposites showing thermal properties
The role of nanofiller in the nanocomposite structure may be the main reason for
the difference in TGA results of these systems compared to the previously
reported systems. The filler (inorganic or nanoclay) acts as a heat barrier, which
enhances the overall thermal stability of the system, as well as assist in the
formation of char after thermal decomposition. In the early stages of thermal
decomposition, the filler would shift the decomposition to higher temperature. After
that, this heat barrier effect would result in a reverse thermal stability. In other
words, the stacked silicate layers or nanofiller could hold accumulated heat that
could be used as a heat source to accelerate the decomposition process, in
conjunction with the heat flow supplied by the outside heat source.
![Page 49: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/49.jpg)
Introduction 49
1.8.5. Fire retardancy
The Cone calorimeter is one of the most effective bench-scale methods for
studying the fire retardant properties of polymeric materials. Fire properties such
as the heat release rate (HRR), heat peak, smoke production and CO2 yield, are
vital to the evaluation of the fire safety of materials.
In 1976 Unitika Ltd, Japan, first presented the potential flame retardant properties
of PA6/layered silicate nanocomposites [298]. Then in 1997 Gilman et al reported
detailed investigations on flame retardant properties of PA6/layered silicate
nanocomposite [299]. Subsequently, they chose various types of nanocomposite
materials and found similar reductions in flammability [291, 300, 301]. Recently
Gilman et al reviewed the flame retardant properties of many nanocomposites in
detail [302]. They have shown that the MMT-based nanocomposites exhibit
reduced flammability. The peak HRR is reduced by 50–75% for PA6, PS and PP-
g-MA nanocomposites. It is concluded that the MMT must be nanodispersed for it
to affect the flammability of the nanocomposites. However, the clay need not be
completely delaminated. In general, the nanocomposites flame retardant
mechanism involves a high-performance carbonaceous-silicate char, which builds
up on the surface during burning. This insulates the underlying material and slows
the mass loss rate of decomposition products.
Since the decreased flammability of nanocomposites is one of the most important
properties, the results of some of the most recent studies on flame retardant
properties of nanocomposites are reported in Table 1.16.
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 Clay nanocomposites
Mechanisms of fire retardancy as barrier formation and increase in melt viscosity
303
2 PA-6/clay High thermal stability and low flammability, model fitting 304
3 PE/Brazilian clay Improved flammability due to barrier effect 305
4 PP/clay Improved fire resistance and thermal properties 306
5 HDPE/clay Good flame retarding properties wrto clay loading 307
Table 1.16. Polymer nanocomposites showing fire properties
50 Chapter 1
1.8.6. Gas barrier properties
Nanofillers are believed to increase the barrier properties by creating a maze or
‘tortuous path’ (see figure 1.19) that retards the progress of the gas molecules
through the matrix resin. The direct benefit of the formation of such a path is
clearly observed in polyimide/clay nanocomposites by dramatically improved
barrier properties, with a simultaneous decrease in the thermal expansion
coefficient [205,283,308]. The polyimide/layered silicate nanocomposites with a
small fraction of organomodified layered silicates (OMLS) exhibited reduction in
the permeability of small gases, e.g. O2, H2O, He, CO2, and ethyl acetate vapors
[283]. For example, at 2 wt% clay loading, the permeability coefficient of water
vapor was decreased ten-fold with synthetic mica relative to pristine polyimide.
By comparing nanocomposites made with layered silicates of various aspect
ratios, the permeability was seen to decrease with increasing aspect ratio.
Figure 1.20. Schematic representation of path to be adopted for the barrier molecules of the conventional and nanocomposite
![Page 50: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/50.jpg)
Introduction 49
1.8.5. Fire retardancy
The Cone calorimeter is one of the most effective bench-scale methods for
studying the fire retardant properties of polymeric materials. Fire properties such
as the heat release rate (HRR), heat peak, smoke production and CO2 yield, are
vital to the evaluation of the fire safety of materials.
In 1976 Unitika Ltd, Japan, first presented the potential flame retardant properties
of PA6/layered silicate nanocomposites [298]. Then in 1997 Gilman et al reported
detailed investigations on flame retardant properties of PA6/layered silicate
nanocomposite [299]. Subsequently, they chose various types of nanocomposite
materials and found similar reductions in flammability [291, 300, 301]. Recently
Gilman et al reviewed the flame retardant properties of many nanocomposites in
detail [302]. They have shown that the MMT-based nanocomposites exhibit
reduced flammability. The peak HRR is reduced by 50–75% for PA6, PS and PP-
g-MA nanocomposites. It is concluded that the MMT must be nanodispersed for it
to affect the flammability of the nanocomposites. However, the clay need not be
completely delaminated. In general, the nanocomposites flame retardant
mechanism involves a high-performance carbonaceous-silicate char, which builds
up on the surface during burning. This insulates the underlying material and slows
the mass loss rate of decomposition products.
Since the decreased flammability of nanocomposites is one of the most important
properties, the results of some of the most recent studies on flame retardant
properties of nanocomposites are reported in Table 1.16.
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 Clay nanocomposites
Mechanisms of fire retardancy as barrier formation and increase in melt viscosity
303
2 PA-6/clay High thermal stability and low flammability, model fitting 304
3 PE/Brazilian clay Improved flammability due to barrier effect 305
4 PP/clay Improved fire resistance and thermal properties 306
5 HDPE/clay Good flame retarding properties wrto clay loading 307
Table 1.16. Polymer nanocomposites showing fire properties
50 Chapter 1
1.8.6. Gas barrier properties
Nanofillers are believed to increase the barrier properties by creating a maze or
‘tortuous path’ (see figure 1.19) that retards the progress of the gas molecules
through the matrix resin. The direct benefit of the formation of such a path is
clearly observed in polyimide/clay nanocomposites by dramatically improved
barrier properties, with a simultaneous decrease in the thermal expansion
coefficient [205,283,308]. The polyimide/layered silicate nanocomposites with a
small fraction of organomodified layered silicates (OMLS) exhibited reduction in
the permeability of small gases, e.g. O2, H2O, He, CO2, and ethyl acetate vapors
[283]. For example, at 2 wt% clay loading, the permeability coefficient of water
vapor was decreased ten-fold with synthetic mica relative to pristine polyimide.
By comparing nanocomposites made with layered silicates of various aspect
ratios, the permeability was seen to decrease with increasing aspect ratio.
Figure 1.20. Schematic representation of path to be adopted for the barrier molecules of the conventional and nanocomposite
![Page 51: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/51.jpg)
Introduction 51
Some important studies on gas barrier properties are given below (Table 1.17).
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 PLA/synthetic mica O2 gas permeability decreased 150% 309
2 PUU/OMLS
H2O-vapour permeability decreased dramatically
310
3 PLS Modeling of barrier properties 311
4 PHB/MMT Barrier properties enhanced 312
5 Soybean oil/ organoclay
Significant improvement in vapor barrier performance, thermal stability and storage modulus
313
6 Epoxy/MMT
Reduced He gas permeability, gas diffusivity decreased and gas solubility increased 314
7 N6/MMT
Superior barrier properties to helium, dihydrogen, dioxygen and water, various models applied 315
8 PE/MMT
Gas barrier properties depends on the filler matrix interaction at interphase 316
9 PP/SEBE/clay
Reduction in permeation of gases, increase in hardness, discoloration 317
10 PP/fumed silica
Permeability of gases reduced, enhancement in storage modulus 318
Table 1.17. Examples of polymer nanocomposites showing barrier properties
1.8.7. Optical transparency
Since most of the nanofillers employed have size in between 1-100 nm, when
nanofillers are dispersed in a polymer matrix, the resulting nanocomposite is
optically clear in visible light. So studies of optical transparency of
nanocomposites are very important. Table 1.18 shows examples of a few
nanocomposites with optical transparency.
52 Chapter 1
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 PVA/Na+MMT Retains high transparency of PVA 210
2 PLS High transparent films 33
3 PP/MMT Transparent films 319
4 Epoxy/MMT In higher exfoliation degree more transparent 320
5 TiO2/Epoxy High refractive index, surface planarity 321
6 PEG/silica Transparent coatings, decrease in contact angle 322
7 PE/MMT LOI increases, improved flame retardancy and microhardness, good optical transparency 323
8 PMMA/MgAl LDH High transparency and thermal properties 324
9 PP/SiO2 Spherulite growth rate decreased w.r.t. particle size and high transparent PP materials 325
10 P(BuA)/CNT High optical transparency and electrical conductivity 326
11 Epoxy/TiO2 High refractive index (2.8) thin film, excellent optical transparency 327
Table 1.18. Examples of polymer nanocomposites showing optical transparency
1.8.8. Biodegradability
Another interesting and exciting aspect of nanocomposites technology is the
significant improvement of biodegradability after nanocomposite preparation with
nanofillers. Tetto et al. [328] first reported results on the biodegradability of
nanocomposites based on PCL, reporting that the PCL/OMLS nanocomposites
showed improved biodegradability compared to pure PCL. The improved
biodegradability of PCL after nanocomposites formation may be due to a catalytic
role of the OMLS in the biodegradation mechanism, but this is not clear. Table
1.19 lists some of the recent investigations of biodegradability of polymer
nanocomposites.
![Page 52: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/52.jpg)
Introduction 51
Some important studies on gas barrier properties are given below (Table 1.17).
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 PLA/synthetic mica O2 gas permeability decreased 150% 309
2 PUU/OMLS
H2O-vapour permeability decreased dramatically
310
3 PLS Modeling of barrier properties 311
4 PHB/MMT Barrier properties enhanced 312
5 Soybean oil/ organoclay
Significant improvement in vapor barrier performance, thermal stability and storage modulus
313
6 Epoxy/MMT
Reduced He gas permeability, gas diffusivity decreased and gas solubility increased 314
7 N6/MMT
Superior barrier properties to helium, dihydrogen, dioxygen and water, various models applied 315
8 PE/MMT
Gas barrier properties depends on the filler matrix interaction at interphase 316
9 PP/SEBE/clay
Reduction in permeation of gases, increase in hardness, discoloration 317
10 PP/fumed silica
Permeability of gases reduced, enhancement in storage modulus 318
Table 1.17. Examples of polymer nanocomposites showing barrier properties
1.8.7. Optical transparency
Since most of the nanofillers employed have size in between 1-100 nm, when
nanofillers are dispersed in a polymer matrix, the resulting nanocomposite is
optically clear in visible light. So studies of optical transparency of
nanocomposites are very important. Table 1.18 shows examples of a few
nanocomposites with optical transparency.
52 Chapter 1
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 PVA/Na+MMT Retains high transparency of PVA 210
2 PLS High transparent films 33
3 PP/MMT Transparent films 319
4 Epoxy/MMT In higher exfoliation degree more transparent 320
5 TiO2/Epoxy High refractive index, surface planarity 321
6 PEG/silica Transparent coatings, decrease in contact angle 322
7 PE/MMT LOI increases, improved flame retardancy and microhardness, good optical transparency 323
8 PMMA/MgAl LDH High transparency and thermal properties 324
9 PP/SiO2 Spherulite growth rate decreased w.r.t. particle size and high transparent PP materials 325
10 P(BuA)/CNT High optical transparency and electrical conductivity 326
11 Epoxy/TiO2 High refractive index (2.8) thin film, excellent optical transparency 327
Table 1.18. Examples of polymer nanocomposites showing optical transparency
1.8.8. Biodegradability
Another interesting and exciting aspect of nanocomposites technology is the
significant improvement of biodegradability after nanocomposite preparation with
nanofillers. Tetto et al. [328] first reported results on the biodegradability of
nanocomposites based on PCL, reporting that the PCL/OMLS nanocomposites
showed improved biodegradability compared to pure PCL. The improved
biodegradability of PCL after nanocomposites formation may be due to a catalytic
role of the OMLS in the biodegradation mechanism, but this is not clear. Table
1.19 lists some of the recent investigations of biodegradability of polymer
nanocomposites.
![Page 53: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/53.jpg)
Introduction 53
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 Aliphatic polyester/clay
Biodegradability decreased 328
2 PLA/CN Enhanced biodegradability 257, 329
3 PLA/Clay Biodegradability increased 330
4 Plant oil silica hybrids Biodegradable, excellent flexibility 331
5 PBS/clay Improved mechanical properties, easily biodegradable
332
6 PLA/chitosan Improved mechanical, thermal and biodegradability 333
Table 1.19. Examples of polymer nanocomposites with biodegradable properties
1.8.9. Rheology
In order to understand the processibility of these materials, i.e. the final stage
of any polymeric material, one must understand the detailed rheological
behavior of these materials in the molten state. Understanding the rheological
properties of nanocomposites melts is not only important in gaining a
fundamental knowledge of the processibility, but is also helpful in
understanding the structure–property relationships in these materials.
Rheological behavior of polymer nanocomposites got great attention and some
of the important reports are listed below in Table 1.20.
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 PCL/MMT Improved rheological behavior 334
2 N6/MMT Rheology depends on molecular weight of N6 164
3 PP/MMT Rheology depends on the amount of filler 335
4 MXD6/clay Nanocomposite morphology, rheology, polymer crystallization behavior, haze, and CO2 gas permeability were done 336
Table 1.20. Examples of polymer nanocomposites showing rheological properties
54 Chapter 1
1.8.10. Other properties
Polymer nanocomposites also show improvement in most general polymeric
properties. For example, in addition to the decreased permeability of liquids and
gases, nanocomposites also show significant improvement in solvent uptake for
specific applications. Scratch resistance is another property that is strongly
enhanced by the incorporation of layered silicates [337]. The potential to use
polyaniline (PANI)-based nanocomposites as electrorheologically sensitive fluids
[338] or to use the combination of dispersed layered silicates in a liquid crystal
medium is also an attractive application. This could result in a stable electro-
optical device that is capable of exhibiting a bistable and reversible electro-optical
effect between an opaque and transparent state [172]. Finally, nanocomposites
have been used in highly technical areas such as in the improvement of ablative
properties in aeronautics [198]. Table 1.21 gives some specific examples of
polymer nanocomposites with special properties.
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 Epoxy/clay Water uptake reduced 339
2 Starch Cellulose whiskers
Decrease in water sensitivity and increase in thermo-mechanical properties
340
3 PANI/clay/EPDM Good absorption performances with good thermal and mechanical properties, application as antistatic packaging layers 341
4 Bionanocomposites Potential perspectives on food packaging applications 342
5 PC/Aluminium carboxylates
Scratch and abrasion resistant coatings 343
6 Polysiloxanes/
CNT or ITO
Good thermo-optical properties, spacecraft applications 344
7 Acrylic polyol/ surface treated silica
Scratch proof nanocomposite coatings 345
8 Epoxy/ZnO High-visible light transparency and high-UV light shielding efficiency 346
Table 1.21. Examples of polymer nanocomposites with miscellaneous properties
![Page 54: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/54.jpg)
Introduction 53
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 Aliphatic polyester/clay
Biodegradability decreased 328
2 PLA/CN Enhanced biodegradability 257, 329
3 PLA/Clay Biodegradability increased 330
4 Plant oil silica hybrids Biodegradable, excellent flexibility 331
5 PBS/clay Improved mechanical properties, easily biodegradable
332
6 PLA/chitosan Improved mechanical, thermal and biodegradability 333
Table 1.19. Examples of polymer nanocomposites with biodegradable properties
1.8.9. Rheology
In order to understand the processibility of these materials, i.e. the final stage
of any polymeric material, one must understand the detailed rheological
behavior of these materials in the molten state. Understanding the rheological
properties of nanocomposites melts is not only important in gaining a
fundamental knowledge of the processibility, but is also helpful in
understanding the structure–property relationships in these materials.
Rheological behavior of polymer nanocomposites got great attention and some
of the important reports are listed below in Table 1.20.
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 PCL/MMT Improved rheological behavior 334
2 N6/MMT Rheology depends on molecular weight of N6 164
3 PP/MMT Rheology depends on the amount of filler 335
4 MXD6/clay Nanocomposite morphology, rheology, polymer crystallization behavior, haze, and CO2 gas permeability were done 336
Table 1.20. Examples of polymer nanocomposites showing rheological properties
54 Chapter 1
1.8.10. Other properties
Polymer nanocomposites also show improvement in most general polymeric
properties. For example, in addition to the decreased permeability of liquids and
gases, nanocomposites also show significant improvement in solvent uptake for
specific applications. Scratch resistance is another property that is strongly
enhanced by the incorporation of layered silicates [337]. The potential to use
polyaniline (PANI)-based nanocomposites as electrorheologically sensitive fluids
[338] or to use the combination of dispersed layered silicates in a liquid crystal
medium is also an attractive application. This could result in a stable electro-
optical device that is capable of exhibiting a bistable and reversible electro-optical
effect between an opaque and transparent state [172]. Finally, nanocomposites
have been used in highly technical areas such as in the improvement of ablative
properties in aeronautics [198]. Table 1.21 gives some specific examples of
polymer nanocomposites with special properties.
No Nanocomposite Result Ref
1 Epoxy/clay Water uptake reduced 339
2 Starch Cellulose whiskers
Decrease in water sensitivity and increase in thermo-mechanical properties
340
3 PANI/clay/EPDM Good absorption performances with good thermal and mechanical properties, application as antistatic packaging layers 341
4 Bionanocomposites Potential perspectives on food packaging applications 342
5 PC/Aluminium carboxylates
Scratch and abrasion resistant coatings 343
6 Polysiloxanes/
CNT or ITO
Good thermo-optical properties, spacecraft applications 344
7 Acrylic polyol/ surface treated silica
Scratch proof nanocomposite coatings 345
8 Epoxy/ZnO High-visible light transparency and high-UV light shielding efficiency 346
Table 1.21. Examples of polymer nanocomposites with miscellaneous properties
![Page 55: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/55.jpg)
Introduction 55
1.9. Applications
In the forgoing discussion, it has been observed that nanocomposites have set the
current trend in the novel materials drawing considerable interest due to the
unusual properties displayed by them. Several authors have adopted various
techniques to prepare nanocomposites. However, the techniques they utilized are
very cumbersome which require careful control of various parameters such as pH,
moisture, temperature etc. In recent years significant progress has been achieved
in the synthesis of various types polymer nanocomposites and in the
understanding of the basic principles, which determine their optical, electronic and
magnetic properties. As a result nanocomposite based devices, such as light
emitting diodes, photodiodes, photovoltaic solar cells and gas sensors, have been
developed, often using chemically oriented synthetic methods such as soft
lithography, lamination, spin-coating or solution casting. Milestones on the way in
the development of nanocomposite based devices were the discovery of the possibility of filling conductive polymer matrices, such as PANI, poly(thiophenes),
substituted poly(paraphenylenevinylenes) or with semiconducting nanoparticles:
CdS, CdSe, CuS, ZnS, Fe3O4 or fullerenes, and the opportunity to fill the polymer
matrix with nanoparticles of both n- and p- conductivity types, thus providing
access to peculiar morphologies, such as interpenetrating networks, p-n nano
junctions or fractal p-n interfaces, not achievable by traditional microelectronics
technology. The peculiarities in the conduction mechanism through a network of
semiconductor nanoparticle chains provide the basis for the manufacture of highly
sensitive gas and vapor sensors. These sensors combine the properties of the
polymer matrix with those of the nanoparticles. It allows the fabrication of sensor
devices selective to some definite components in mixtures of gases or vapors.
Magnetic phenomena, such as super paramagnetism, observed in polymer-
nanocomposites containing Fe3O4 nanoparticles in some range of concentrations,
particle sizes, shapes and temperatures, provide a way to determine the limits to
magnetic media storage density.
Over the last decades, the polymer nanocomposites application have gained their
commercial footing, due in large part to the efforts of resin manufacturers,
compounding and master batch producers who now offer user friendly products.
56 Chapter 1
Nanocomposites differ from traditional plastic composites in that they provide
these properties with minimal impact on articles weight and they do so without
providing penalties. Lastly in packaging nanocomposites deliver with good clarity,
a combination not possible using traditional composites approaches.
The first commercial application of polymer nanocomposites was the use of
clay/nylon-6 nanocomposites as timing belt covers for cars [347]. Also
nanocomposites were used as a step assistant component and in the doors of
automobiles [348]. More recently, clay/PP nanocomposites were used for
structural seat backs and for automotive fuel lines and fuel system components. In
addition to automotive applications, polymer nanocomposites have been used to
improve barrier resistance in beverage applications such as barrier liner materials
for enclosure applications [349], for drink packaging applications [350] and
polyethylene terephthalate (PET) bottle applications [351].
1.10. Polystyrene based nanocomposites
Polystyrene is a polymer made from the monomer styrene, a liquid hydrocarbon
that is commercially manufactured from petroleum. At room temperature,
polystyrene is normally a solid thermoplastic, but can be melted at higher
temperature for molding or extrusion, then resolidified. Pure solid polystyrene is a
colorless, hard plastic with limited flexibility. It can be cast into molds with fine
detail. Polystyrene can be transparent or can be made to take on various colors. It
is economical and is used for producing plastic model assembly kits, plastic
cutlery, CD "jewel" cases, and many other objects where a fairly rigid, economical
plastic of any of various colors is desired.
PS is a strong and brittle plastic that can easily be injected, extruded or blow
moulded for making it a very useful and versatile manufacturing material. The
nanocomposites of PS can be prepared by several routes like in-situ
polymerization [352], bulk polymerization [242], solution blending [353] and melt
blending [199, 302, 354]. A brief look into the reports available in literature about
polystyrene nanocomposites are listed below (Table 1.22):
![Page 56: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/56.jpg)
Introduction 55
1.9. Applications
In the forgoing discussion, it has been observed that nanocomposites have set the
current trend in the novel materials drawing considerable interest due to the
unusual properties displayed by them. Several authors have adopted various
techniques to prepare nanocomposites. However, the techniques they utilized are
very cumbersome which require careful control of various parameters such as pH,
moisture, temperature etc. In recent years significant progress has been achieved
in the synthesis of various types polymer nanocomposites and in the
understanding of the basic principles, which determine their optical, electronic and
magnetic properties. As a result nanocomposite based devices, such as light
emitting diodes, photodiodes, photovoltaic solar cells and gas sensors, have been
developed, often using chemically oriented synthetic methods such as soft
lithography, lamination, spin-coating or solution casting. Milestones on the way in
the development of nanocomposite based devices were the discovery of the possibility of filling conductive polymer matrices, such as PANI, poly(thiophenes),
substituted poly(paraphenylenevinylenes) or with semiconducting nanoparticles:
CdS, CdSe, CuS, ZnS, Fe3O4 or fullerenes, and the opportunity to fill the polymer
matrix with nanoparticles of both n- and p- conductivity types, thus providing
access to peculiar morphologies, such as interpenetrating networks, p-n nano
junctions or fractal p-n interfaces, not achievable by traditional microelectronics
technology. The peculiarities in the conduction mechanism through a network of
semiconductor nanoparticle chains provide the basis for the manufacture of highly
sensitive gas and vapor sensors. These sensors combine the properties of the
polymer matrix with those of the nanoparticles. It allows the fabrication of sensor
devices selective to some definite components in mixtures of gases or vapors.
Magnetic phenomena, such as super paramagnetism, observed in polymer-
nanocomposites containing Fe3O4 nanoparticles in some range of concentrations,
particle sizes, shapes and temperatures, provide a way to determine the limits to
magnetic media storage density.
Over the last decades, the polymer nanocomposites application have gained their
commercial footing, due in large part to the efforts of resin manufacturers,
compounding and master batch producers who now offer user friendly products.
56 Chapter 1
Nanocomposites differ from traditional plastic composites in that they provide
these properties with minimal impact on articles weight and they do so without
providing penalties. Lastly in packaging nanocomposites deliver with good clarity,
a combination not possible using traditional composites approaches.
The first commercial application of polymer nanocomposites was the use of
clay/nylon-6 nanocomposites as timing belt covers for cars [347]. Also
nanocomposites were used as a step assistant component and in the doors of
automobiles [348]. More recently, clay/PP nanocomposites were used for
structural seat backs and for automotive fuel lines and fuel system components. In
addition to automotive applications, polymer nanocomposites have been used to
improve barrier resistance in beverage applications such as barrier liner materials
for enclosure applications [349], for drink packaging applications [350] and
polyethylene terephthalate (PET) bottle applications [351].
1.10. Polystyrene based nanocomposites
Polystyrene is a polymer made from the monomer styrene, a liquid hydrocarbon
that is commercially manufactured from petroleum. At room temperature,
polystyrene is normally a solid thermoplastic, but can be melted at higher
temperature for molding or extrusion, then resolidified. Pure solid polystyrene is a
colorless, hard plastic with limited flexibility. It can be cast into molds with fine
detail. Polystyrene can be transparent or can be made to take on various colors. It
is economical and is used for producing plastic model assembly kits, plastic
cutlery, CD "jewel" cases, and many other objects where a fairly rigid, economical
plastic of any of various colors is desired.
PS is a strong and brittle plastic that can easily be injected, extruded or blow
moulded for making it a very useful and versatile manufacturing material. The
nanocomposites of PS can be prepared by several routes like in-situ
polymerization [352], bulk polymerization [242], solution blending [353] and melt
blending [199, 302, 354]. A brief look into the reports available in literature about
polystyrene nanocomposites are listed below (Table 1.22):
![Page 57: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/57.jpg)
Introduction 57
No. Nanocomposite Procedure Result Ref.
1. sPS/MMT Solution intercalation technique by mixing pure s-PS and organophilic clay with adsorbed cetyl pyridium chloride
Nearly exfoliated structure 355
2. PS/Smectite Dispersed in styrene, sonication,
Intercalated 229, 230
3. PS/clay Monomer intercalation in OMLS and polymerization with initiator AIBN
Fully intercalated 356
4. PS/MMT Monomer intercalation in OMLS and polymerization with initiator AIBN
Well intercalated, structural affinity between monomer and surfactant is important
357-359
5. PS/MMT Living free radical polymerization
Exfoliated 360
6. PS/MMT Three different alkyl ammonium salt modified clay
Thermal stability, HRR decreased considerably
361
7. PS/MMT Melt intercalation, Heated at 650C,
New peaks in WAXS 158, 159
8. PS/CNT Solution mixing at room temperature, annealing at 1800C
Percolated filler network structure
362
9. PS/MMT Melt intercalation using mini extruder at 2000C
Intercalated structure 363
10. PS/clay Melt intercalation Onset of degradation increased to 500C more
364
11. PS/MMT Melt intercalation 365
12. PS/Synthetic mica
Melt intercalation Particle network formation via interparticle interaction and self-assembly
366
13. PS/Alumina Polymer in solution Increase in Young’s modulus
214
14. sPS/clay Melt intercalation, Higher TS and YM 180
15. PS/clay Free radical polymerization, exfoliation,
Better mechanical properties
365
16. PS/clay Solvent and sonication Relationship between rheology and dispersion
366
58 Chapter 1
17. PS/TiO2 Melt compounding at 2000C in a brabender plasticoder
Decrease in Tg and increase in free volume
367
18. PS/OMLS Free radical bulk polymerization, exfoliated structure
Stress relaxation remains constant, die swell reduced, shows yield like behavior
368
19. PS/clay Melt compounding, exfoliated structure
Linear viscoelastic behavior for low conc. of clay, reduction in mechanical performance
369
20. PS/carbon nanofiber
Melt blending and solvent casting
Storage and loss modulus increases w. r. to filler conc., modeling
370
21. PS/MMT Solvent casting, intercalated structure
Storage and loss modulus increases w. r. to filler conc., more solid like behavior for PNC’s
371
22. PS/clay Emulsion polymerization, partially exfoliated
Higher Tg and dynamic modulus
372
23. PS/clay Melt mixing at 2100C, intercalated and exfoliated
Relation between rheology and microstructure
373
24. PS/graphite Anionic in-situ polymerization, good dispersion
High Tg, high thermal stability, increase in dielectric constant
374
25. PS/Au Sputter coating of Au nanoparticles on PS thin films
Critical deposition time for shape determination of particle w.r.t. morphology
375
26. PS/Biphenyl clay
Bulk polymerization and melt blending at 1900C
Easy preparation, more thermally stable and reduction heat release rate
376
27. PS/clay with phosphate
Solution blending in CHCl3
Improvement in fire retardancy though loss in mechanical properties
377
28. PS/MMT 4 OMMTs dispersed in styrene by ultrasonication at RT, irradiation
Exfoliated and intercalated, enhanced thermal properties
378
29. HIPS/TiO2 Pre treatment of fillers, Injection molding at 2200C
Notched impact strength, tensile strength and modulus increased and decreased upon more addition, HDT and flame retardancy improved
379
30. PS/Bentoite Melt blending at 2000C, injection molding
Improved tensile strength, impact and thermal properties
380
![Page 58: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/58.jpg)
Introduction 57
No. Nanocomposite Procedure Result Ref.
1. sPS/MMT Solution intercalation technique by mixing pure s-PS and organophilic clay with adsorbed cetyl pyridium chloride
Nearly exfoliated structure 355
2. PS/Smectite Dispersed in styrene, sonication,
Intercalated 229, 230
3. PS/clay Monomer intercalation in OMLS and polymerization with initiator AIBN
Fully intercalated 356
4. PS/MMT Monomer intercalation in OMLS and polymerization with initiator AIBN
Well intercalated, structural affinity between monomer and surfactant is important
357-359
5. PS/MMT Living free radical polymerization
Exfoliated 360
6. PS/MMT Three different alkyl ammonium salt modified clay
Thermal stability, HRR decreased considerably
361
7. PS/MMT Melt intercalation, Heated at 650C,
New peaks in WAXS 158, 159
8. PS/CNT Solution mixing at room temperature, annealing at 1800C
Percolated filler network structure
362
9. PS/MMT Melt intercalation using mini extruder at 2000C
Intercalated structure 363
10. PS/clay Melt intercalation Onset of degradation increased to 500C more
364
11. PS/MMT Melt intercalation 365
12. PS/Synthetic mica
Melt intercalation Particle network formation via interparticle interaction and self-assembly
366
13. PS/Alumina Polymer in solution Increase in Young’s modulus
214
14. sPS/clay Melt intercalation, Higher TS and YM 180
15. PS/clay Free radical polymerization, exfoliation,
Better mechanical properties
365
16. PS/clay Solvent and sonication Relationship between rheology and dispersion
366
58 Chapter 1
17. PS/TiO2 Melt compounding at 2000C in a brabender plasticoder
Decrease in Tg and increase in free volume
367
18. PS/OMLS Free radical bulk polymerization, exfoliated structure
Stress relaxation remains constant, die swell reduced, shows yield like behavior
368
19. PS/clay Melt compounding, exfoliated structure
Linear viscoelastic behavior for low conc. of clay, reduction in mechanical performance
369
20. PS/carbon nanofiber
Melt blending and solvent casting
Storage and loss modulus increases w. r. to filler conc., modeling
370
21. PS/MMT Solvent casting, intercalated structure
Storage and loss modulus increases w. r. to filler conc., more solid like behavior for PNC’s
371
22. PS/clay Emulsion polymerization, partially exfoliated
Higher Tg and dynamic modulus
372
23. PS/clay Melt mixing at 2100C, intercalated and exfoliated
Relation between rheology and microstructure
373
24. PS/graphite Anionic in-situ polymerization, good dispersion
High Tg, high thermal stability, increase in dielectric constant
374
25. PS/Au Sputter coating of Au nanoparticles on PS thin films
Critical deposition time for shape determination of particle w.r.t. morphology
375
26. PS/Biphenyl clay
Bulk polymerization and melt blending at 1900C
Easy preparation, more thermally stable and reduction heat release rate
376
27. PS/clay with phosphate
Solution blending in CHCl3
Improvement in fire retardancy though loss in mechanical properties
377
28. PS/MMT 4 OMMTs dispersed in styrene by ultrasonication at RT, irradiation
Exfoliated and intercalated, enhanced thermal properties
378
29. HIPS/TiO2 Pre treatment of fillers, Injection molding at 2200C
Notched impact strength, tensile strength and modulus increased and decreased upon more addition, HDT and flame retardancy improved
379
30. PS/Bentoite Melt blending at 2000C, injection molding
Improved tensile strength, impact and thermal properties
380
![Page 59: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/59.jpg)
Introduction 59
31. PS/Magadite ATRP synthesis Improved thermal and nanomechanical properties
381
32. sPS/clay Premixing at 2000C, Brabender mixer at 2800C
More enhanced overall crystallization, enhanced mechanical and dynamic mechanical properties
382
33. PS/clay Co-rotating twin-screw extruder at 2000C
Effects of melt compounding variables, matrix resin molecular weight and filler content on mechanical, thermal, fire and flammability properties
383-385
34. PS/Mg(OH)2 ATRP, transesterification Structurally well defined hybrids
386
35. PS/M6A Premixing, Brabender mixer at 2000C and compression molding
Intercalated structure, enhanced storage and loss moduli from rheology
387
36. PS/silicate ATRP Intercalated, well defined molecular weights and distributions
388,389
37. PS/clay Twin screw extruder High throughput methods for nanocomposites extrusion, NMR characterization and flammability property screening
390
38. PS/BaTiO3 Solution mixing, hot compression molding
Improvement in dielectric properties
391
39. PS/carbon nanofibers
Melt mixing, Brabender rheometer, 2050C
Functionalised CNFs, good dispersion, storage and tensile moduli improved
392
40. PS/CdS Solution mixing in toluene, ultrasonication
AFM and X-ray reflectivity revealed the tendency of fillers to aggregate parallel to surface
393
41. PS/o-MMT In-situ bulk polymerization
Greater thermal stability, partially exfoliated structure
394
42. PS/clay In-situ thermal polymerization
Enhanced anticorrosion properties, thermal and glass transition
395
43. PS/clay Solution free radical polymerization
Higher Tg, higher degradation temperature and decrease in dielectric loss and constant
396, 397
44. PS/clay Melt intercalation, in-situ polymerization and masterbatch methods
Intercalated and exfoliated structures, mechanical properties showed enhancement
398
60 Chapter 1
45. PS/clay Emulsion polymerization at 750C
Enhanced thermal and mechanical properties
399
46. PS/clay Bulk polymerization Enhancement in degradation temp to 500 peak HRR reduced to 27-58%
353, 361
47. PS/clay Haake Rheocod melt mixer at 2000C
Flammability compared between synthetic and natural clays
400
48. PS/clay Injection molding at 2000C
Homogenous dispersion of clays, high degradation temp, increase in Tg, dispersion in organic solvents
401
49. PS/clay In-situ intercalative free radical polymerization
Microstructure depends on the type of clay, thermal stability improved
402
50. PS/clay Solution (800C) and melt mixing (1900C) methods
Tg is not influenced by the intercalation of clay
403
51. PS/clay Melt blending twin-screw extruder at 1800C
Improvement in tensile and storage moduli
404
52. PS/clay Melt blending in Brabender at 1850C
Considerable reduction in PHRR, increase in modulus
405
53. PS/clay Premixing, melt blending at 2000C
Intercalated structure, reduction in PHRR
406
54. PS/clay Solution casting with chloroform
Higher thermal stability, shift from liquid like to solid like in rheology
407
55. PS/clay Solvent blending with sonication in chlorobenzene
Exfoliated structure 408
56. PS/MMT Suspension polymerization at 800C
Exfoliated structure, better thermal and mechanical properties
409
57. PS/MWCNT Melt mixing at 1950C in a mini-extruder
Good dispersion, enhanced thermal properties, pi-cation interaction between CNT and compatibiliser
410
58. PS/SWNT Solution mixing at RT in dichlorobenzene
Good dispersion, enhanced electrical conductivity and low percolation threshold, linear transfer of stress from PS to CNT
411
![Page 60: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/60.jpg)
Introduction 59
31. PS/Magadite ATRP synthesis Improved thermal and nanomechanical properties
381
32. sPS/clay Premixing at 2000C, Brabender mixer at 2800C
More enhanced overall crystallization, enhanced mechanical and dynamic mechanical properties
382
33. PS/clay Co-rotating twin-screw extruder at 2000C
Effects of melt compounding variables, matrix resin molecular weight and filler content on mechanical, thermal, fire and flammability properties
383-385
34. PS/Mg(OH)2 ATRP, transesterification Structurally well defined hybrids
386
35. PS/M6A Premixing, Brabender mixer at 2000C and compression molding
Intercalated structure, enhanced storage and loss moduli from rheology
387
36. PS/silicate ATRP Intercalated, well defined molecular weights and distributions
388,389
37. PS/clay Twin screw extruder High throughput methods for nanocomposites extrusion, NMR characterization and flammability property screening
390
38. PS/BaTiO3 Solution mixing, hot compression molding
Improvement in dielectric properties
391
39. PS/carbon nanofibers
Melt mixing, Brabender rheometer, 2050C
Functionalised CNFs, good dispersion, storage and tensile moduli improved
392
40. PS/CdS Solution mixing in toluene, ultrasonication
AFM and X-ray reflectivity revealed the tendency of fillers to aggregate parallel to surface
393
41. PS/o-MMT In-situ bulk polymerization
Greater thermal stability, partially exfoliated structure
394
42. PS/clay In-situ thermal polymerization
Enhanced anticorrosion properties, thermal and glass transition
395
43. PS/clay Solution free radical polymerization
Higher Tg, higher degradation temperature and decrease in dielectric loss and constant
396, 397
44. PS/clay Melt intercalation, in-situ polymerization and masterbatch methods
Intercalated and exfoliated structures, mechanical properties showed enhancement
398
60 Chapter 1
45. PS/clay Emulsion polymerization at 750C
Enhanced thermal and mechanical properties
399
46. PS/clay Bulk polymerization Enhancement in degradation temp to 500 peak HRR reduced to 27-58%
353, 361
47. PS/clay Haake Rheocod melt mixer at 2000C
Flammability compared between synthetic and natural clays
400
48. PS/clay Injection molding at 2000C
Homogenous dispersion of clays, high degradation temp, increase in Tg, dispersion in organic solvents
401
49. PS/clay In-situ intercalative free radical polymerization
Microstructure depends on the type of clay, thermal stability improved
402
50. PS/clay Solution (800C) and melt mixing (1900C) methods
Tg is not influenced by the intercalation of clay
403
51. PS/clay Melt blending twin-screw extruder at 1800C
Improvement in tensile and storage moduli
404
52. PS/clay Melt blending in Brabender at 1850C
Considerable reduction in PHRR, increase in modulus
405
53. PS/clay Premixing, melt blending at 2000C
Intercalated structure, reduction in PHRR
406
54. PS/clay Solution casting with chloroform
Higher thermal stability, shift from liquid like to solid like in rheology
407
55. PS/clay Solvent blending with sonication in chlorobenzene
Exfoliated structure 408
56. PS/MMT Suspension polymerization at 800C
Exfoliated structure, better thermal and mechanical properties
409
57. PS/MWCNT Melt mixing at 1950C in a mini-extruder
Good dispersion, enhanced thermal properties, pi-cation interaction between CNT and compatibiliser
410
58. PS/SWNT Solution mixing at RT in dichlorobenzene
Good dispersion, enhanced electrical conductivity and low percolation threshold, linear transfer of stress from PS to CNT
411
![Page 61: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/61.jpg)
Introduction 61
59. PS/MWNT Solution mixing at RT in toluene with surface grafted NTs
micromechanical properties of glassy polymer could be enhanced dramatically by adding surface grafted MWNTs, crazing
412
60. PS-b-PI/ clay/CNT
Solution casting with toluene
Exfoliated and intercalated structures, strong interfacial adhesions between CNTs and matrix
413
61. PS/CNTs In-situ polymerization Increase in wear resistance, decrease in friction coefficient, improvement in tribological properties
414
62. HIPS/EVA/
TiO2
Premixing and melt compounding
Regulated rheological properties, improvement in mechanical and surface properties
415
63. PS/clay Bulk polymerization and melt blending
Reduction in PHRR and total heat released due to the Br2 addition
416
64. PS/Graphite In-situ polymerization Improvement in electrical and mechanical properties
417
65. PS/PPE/
Graphite
Solution blending with sonication
Increase in mechanical, electrical properties, no shift in Tg
418
66. PS/graphite Brabender plasticoder at 2200C
Intercalated structure, improvement in thermal and fire properties
419
67. PS/LS Swelling of clay, Compounding in a DACA microcompounder at 2000C
Fully exfoliated structure, unique rheological behavior, hairy platelets to show inter particle interaction
420
68. PS/CoFe2O4 In-situ precipitation Good mechanical and thermal properties, ferromagnetic behavior at RT
421
69. PS/Fe3O4 In-situ precipitation Particles of 2-20nm, special applications
422
70. PS/MMT Monomers in CO2, thermal polymerization
Intercalated and exfoliated structure, enhanced thermal properties
423
71. PS/MMT Twin-screw extruder at various speeds
Solid state NMR to investigate nanodispersion
424
72. PS/clay Bulk polymerization Higher thermal stability and higher dynamic modulus
425, 426
62 Chapter 1
73. PS/MMT Radiation polymerization Intercalated structure, higher thermal stability, positive shift in Tg
427
74. PS/MMT Extrusion Self assembly 428
75. PS/clay Emulsion polymerization Intercalated structure, pronounced shear thinning behavior w.r.to clay content
429
76. PS/MMT Emulsion polymerization and zwitter ion as clay modfier
Exfoliated structure, improved modulus, higher Tg and better thermal stability
430
77. PS/ZnO Melt blending in HAAKE at 1600C
Antistatic and flexural properties improved, higher Tg, aggregation for higher loading
431
78. PS/Ni Ultrasound irradiation Super paramagnetic composites
432
79. PS/PbS Solution mixing, sonication
Higher Tg, high thermal properties
433
80. PS/clay Polymerization techniques as well as melt blending
Structure depend upon the method preparation
434
81. PS/TiO2 In-situ polymerization Polystyrene bonded to TiO2 435
82. PS/TiO2 Sol-gel and phase inversion process
Microvoids restricted, inorganic network structure formed between PS and TiO2, improved permeability and porosity
436
83. PS/ZnO Solution casting Improved thermal stability and Tg, increase in modulus
437
84. PS/clay In-situ grafting polymerization
Exfoliated structure, higher thermal stability, swelling degree inceased
438
Table 1.22. Examples of PS nanocomposites with their preparation technique and major results
1.11. Ethylene-vinyl acetate based nanocomposites
Ethylene-vinyl acetate (also known as EVA or sometimes simply as "acetate") is
the copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate. It is a polymer that approaches
elastomeric materials in softness and flexibility, yet can be processed like other
thermoplastics. The material has good clarity and gloss, barrier properties, low-
![Page 62: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/62.jpg)
Introduction 61
59. PS/MWNT Solution mixing at RT in toluene with surface grafted NTs
micromechanical properties of glassy polymer could be enhanced dramatically by adding surface grafted MWNTs, crazing
412
60. PS-b-PI/ clay/CNT
Solution casting with toluene
Exfoliated and intercalated structures, strong interfacial adhesions between CNTs and matrix
413
61. PS/CNTs In-situ polymerization Increase in wear resistance, decrease in friction coefficient, improvement in tribological properties
414
62. HIPS/EVA/
TiO2
Premixing and melt compounding
Regulated rheological properties, improvement in mechanical and surface properties
415
63. PS/clay Bulk polymerization and melt blending
Reduction in PHRR and total heat released due to the Br2 addition
416
64. PS/Graphite In-situ polymerization Improvement in electrical and mechanical properties
417
65. PS/PPE/
Graphite
Solution blending with sonication
Increase in mechanical, electrical properties, no shift in Tg
418
66. PS/graphite Brabender plasticoder at 2200C
Intercalated structure, improvement in thermal and fire properties
419
67. PS/LS Swelling of clay, Compounding in a DACA microcompounder at 2000C
Fully exfoliated structure, unique rheological behavior, hairy platelets to show inter particle interaction
420
68. PS/CoFe2O4 In-situ precipitation Good mechanical and thermal properties, ferromagnetic behavior at RT
421
69. PS/Fe3O4 In-situ precipitation Particles of 2-20nm, special applications
422
70. PS/MMT Monomers in CO2, thermal polymerization
Intercalated and exfoliated structure, enhanced thermal properties
423
71. PS/MMT Twin-screw extruder at various speeds
Solid state NMR to investigate nanodispersion
424
72. PS/clay Bulk polymerization Higher thermal stability and higher dynamic modulus
425, 426
62 Chapter 1
73. PS/MMT Radiation polymerization Intercalated structure, higher thermal stability, positive shift in Tg
427
74. PS/MMT Extrusion Self assembly 428
75. PS/clay Emulsion polymerization Intercalated structure, pronounced shear thinning behavior w.r.to clay content
429
76. PS/MMT Emulsion polymerization and zwitter ion as clay modfier
Exfoliated structure, improved modulus, higher Tg and better thermal stability
430
77. PS/ZnO Melt blending in HAAKE at 1600C
Antistatic and flexural properties improved, higher Tg, aggregation for higher loading
431
78. PS/Ni Ultrasound irradiation Super paramagnetic composites
432
79. PS/PbS Solution mixing, sonication
Higher Tg, high thermal properties
433
80. PS/clay Polymerization techniques as well as melt blending
Structure depend upon the method preparation
434
81. PS/TiO2 In-situ polymerization Polystyrene bonded to TiO2 435
82. PS/TiO2 Sol-gel and phase inversion process
Microvoids restricted, inorganic network structure formed between PS and TiO2, improved permeability and porosity
436
83. PS/ZnO Solution casting Improved thermal stability and Tg, increase in modulus
437
84. PS/clay In-situ grafting polymerization
Exfoliated structure, higher thermal stability, swelling degree inceased
438
Table 1.22. Examples of PS nanocomposites with their preparation technique and major results
1.11. Ethylene-vinyl acetate based nanocomposites
Ethylene-vinyl acetate (also known as EVA or sometimes simply as "acetate") is
the copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate. It is a polymer that approaches
elastomeric materials in softness and flexibility, yet can be processed like other
thermoplastics. The material has good clarity and gloss, barrier properties, low-
![Page 63: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/63.jpg)
Introduction 63
temperature toughness, stress-crack resistance, hot-melt adhesive and heat
sealing properties and resistance to UV radiation.
As the level of vinyl acetate in the copolymer increases so the level of crystallinity
found in polythene alone reduces from about 60% to 10%. Common grades can
contain from 2% to 50% vinyl acetate. Clarity, flexibility, toughness and solvent
solubility increase with increasing vinyl acetate content. Of particular note is the
retention of flexibility of EVA rubber grades down to (-700C) and because they are
copolymers, problems due to plasticiser migration are not experienced. Good
resistance to water, salt and other environments can be obtained but solvent
resistance decreases with increasing vinyl acetate content. The copolymers can
accept high filler and pigment loadings. Being thermoplastic EVA can be moulded
by extrusion, injection, blow moulding, calendaring and rotational moulding.
Crosslinking with peroxides can produce thermoset products.
EVA has little or no odor and is competitive with rubber and vinyl products in many
electrical applications. EVA foam is used as padding in equipment for various
sports such as hockey, boxing, and mixed martial arts. EVA is also used in
biomedical engineering applications as a drug delivery device. While the polymer
is not biodegradable within the body, it is quite inert and causes little or no
reaction following implantation.
Ethylene vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA) is a widely used material, particularly as a
zero-halogen material in the cable industry. It is frequently formulated with large
quantities of inorganic filler material, such as aluminium trihydroxide (ATH). Since
the nanoclay incorporation is also believed to assist the formation of a protective
layer, researchers have studied the decomposition behavior of EVA
nanocomposite using nanofillers [439,440]. According to Hull et al [441]
incorporation of clay reduced the rate of decomposition significantly. There is
significant improvement in flame retardancy even though clay is not dispersed
properly, which suggests that the clay particles are able to reinforce the protective
layer formed. A delayed heat release results from delayed evolution of
degradation products combined with the barrier effect of dispersed nanolayers.
Furthermore, the nanocomposite provides physical integrity to the material burning
64 Chapter 1
in configurations (e.g. vertical upward combustion) in which fire dripping of flamed
material could occur which represents an additional hazard due to fire propagation
to surrounding materials [442,443].
An account of the EVA nanocomposites in recent literature is enlisted below in
Table 1.23.
No. Nanocomposite Procedure Result Ref.
1. EVA/Flurohectorite Melt mixing in a Brabender plasticoder at 1200C
Improved fire retardancy 441
2. EVA/LS Melt mixing in a twin-screw microcompounder at 1200C
In air degradation delays and in nitrogen degradation is more
443
3. EVA/MMT Melt intercalation, intercalated structure
Deacetylation accelerated in N2, significant delay in weight loss in air
365, 444,
445
4. EVA/OMLS Melt blending, exfoliated structure
Remarkable difference in dynamic and steady shear properties
446
5. EVA/OMLS Melt compounding, intercalated structure
With concentration of the nanoparticles and of the contact surface, Newtonian viscosity, non-Newtonian behavior and isothermal and non-isothermal elongational viscosity increases
447
6. EVA/MMT Melt mixing in a Brabender plasticoder at 1200C
Exfoliated structure, reduced effect of oxygen on thermooxidation, dramatic increase in storage and loss modulus
448
7. EVA/MWCNT Melt mixing in a Brabender internal mixer at 1400C
Possibility to delay both the ignition time and reduce the flammability (HRR) established
449
8. EPDM/EVA/Clay Solution mixing of three components in toluene
Intercalated structure, remarkable improvement in mechanical and thermal properties compared to pure EPDM/EVA
450
![Page 64: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/64.jpg)
Introduction 63
temperature toughness, stress-crack resistance, hot-melt adhesive and heat
sealing properties and resistance to UV radiation.
As the level of vinyl acetate in the copolymer increases so the level of crystallinity
found in polythene alone reduces from about 60% to 10%. Common grades can
contain from 2% to 50% vinyl acetate. Clarity, flexibility, toughness and solvent
solubility increase with increasing vinyl acetate content. Of particular note is the
retention of flexibility of EVA rubber grades down to (-700C) and because they are
copolymers, problems due to plasticiser migration are not experienced. Good
resistance to water, salt and other environments can be obtained but solvent
resistance decreases with increasing vinyl acetate content. The copolymers can
accept high filler and pigment loadings. Being thermoplastic EVA can be moulded
by extrusion, injection, blow moulding, calendaring and rotational moulding.
Crosslinking with peroxides can produce thermoset products.
EVA has little or no odor and is competitive with rubber and vinyl products in many
electrical applications. EVA foam is used as padding in equipment for various
sports such as hockey, boxing, and mixed martial arts. EVA is also used in
biomedical engineering applications as a drug delivery device. While the polymer
is not biodegradable within the body, it is quite inert and causes little or no
reaction following implantation.
Ethylene vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA) is a widely used material, particularly as a
zero-halogen material in the cable industry. It is frequently formulated with large
quantities of inorganic filler material, such as aluminium trihydroxide (ATH). Since
the nanoclay incorporation is also believed to assist the formation of a protective
layer, researchers have studied the decomposition behavior of EVA
nanocomposite using nanofillers [439,440]. According to Hull et al [441]
incorporation of clay reduced the rate of decomposition significantly. There is
significant improvement in flame retardancy even though clay is not dispersed
properly, which suggests that the clay particles are able to reinforce the protective
layer formed. A delayed heat release results from delayed evolution of
degradation products combined with the barrier effect of dispersed nanolayers.
Furthermore, the nanocomposite provides physical integrity to the material burning
64 Chapter 1
in configurations (e.g. vertical upward combustion) in which fire dripping of flamed
material could occur which represents an additional hazard due to fire propagation
to surrounding materials [442,443].
An account of the EVA nanocomposites in recent literature is enlisted below in
Table 1.23.
No. Nanocomposite Procedure Result Ref.
1. EVA/Flurohectorite Melt mixing in a Brabender plasticoder at 1200C
Improved fire retardancy 441
2. EVA/LS Melt mixing in a twin-screw microcompounder at 1200C
In air degradation delays and in nitrogen degradation is more
443
3. EVA/MMT Melt intercalation, intercalated structure
Deacetylation accelerated in N2, significant delay in weight loss in air
365, 444,
445
4. EVA/OMLS Melt blending, exfoliated structure
Remarkable difference in dynamic and steady shear properties
446
5. EVA/OMLS Melt compounding, intercalated structure
With concentration of the nanoparticles and of the contact surface, Newtonian viscosity, non-Newtonian behavior and isothermal and non-isothermal elongational viscosity increases
447
6. EVA/MMT Melt mixing in a Brabender plasticoder at 1200C
Exfoliated structure, reduced effect of oxygen on thermooxidation, dramatic increase in storage and loss modulus
448
7. EVA/MWCNT Melt mixing in a Brabender internal mixer at 1400C
Possibility to delay both the ignition time and reduce the flammability (HRR) established
449
8. EPDM/EVA/Clay Solution mixing of three components in toluene
Intercalated structure, remarkable improvement in mechanical and thermal properties compared to pure EPDM/EVA
450
![Page 65: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/65.jpg)
Introduction 65
9. EVA/clay Melt mixing in a Brabender
Intercalated structure, processable like pure EVA, increase in rigidity at low silicate content
451
10. EVA/LS/ATH Different compounding machines, 1600C
TGA in air shows delay in degradation, peak of heat release dramatically reduced, improved flame retardancy
452
11. EVA/cellulose whiskers
EVA dissolved in hot toluene stirred with whiskers suspension
Experimental and theoretical model predictions complement each other
453
12. EVA/clay Melt blending in rubber mill at 1200C and hot pressing at 1400C
Intercalated or partially exfoliated structure, E’ and thermal properties increase,
454
13. EVA/clay Melt mixing in Haake Rheocord mixer at 1400C
Exfoliated structure due to hydrogen bonding, effect of grafting of MAH studied
455
14. EVA/organoclay Melt mixing in Brabender mixer at 1300C at 60 rpm
Purification of organoclays improved mechanical and rheological behavior
456
15. EVA/MMT Melt blending at 1000C using Haake mixer
Intercalated structure, Young’s modulus increased, compatibiliser improved mechanical properties
457
16. EVA/MMT Melt blending at 1300C
Exfoliated, improved mechanical properties
458
17. EVA/MMT Melt blending at 1450C in a two roll mill
Exfoliated structure, two step degradation in TGA, peak HRR reduced and weight loss delayed
459, 460
18. EVA/MMT Solution blending Improved mechanical properties, improvement in thermal characteristics, decrease in swelling indices
461-465
19. EVA/clay Melt blending at 1500C in Brabender mixer under the flow of N2
Mixed exfoliated and intercalated clay structure, pseudo solid like behavior due to a 3D tactoid formation in polymer matrix, improved thermal properties
466-468
20. EVA/Na+MMT Melt blending at 1600C in Brabender mixer
Better fire performance for nanostructured composites
469
66 Chapter 1
21. EVA/clay Melt intercalation using twin-screw extruder at 1600C
Significant intercalation of clay, lower clay content showed exfoliation and higher modulus and tensile strength
470
22. EVA/MWNT/Clay Melt extrusion of a pre-blended nanotube/ EVA mixture using a Brabender at 1300C
Reduction in peak of heat release rate due to the formation of graphitic carbon, improved fire retardancy due to CNTs
471
23. EVA/OMMT Premixing, twin screw extrusion at 1200C
Mixed intercalated/exfoliated, enhanced linear viscoelastic response, occurrence of 3D network formation
472-474
24. EVA/clay Melt-blended at 1600C with a Brabender mixer and extruder
Exfoliated structure at low content, improved thermal properties
475
25. EVA/MMT/CTAB Melt mixing in twin-roll mill at 1200C or 1400C
Interlayer spacing increased, mechanical properties improved, thermally more stable w.r.t. mixing time
476
26. EVA/Rectorite Premixing, co-rotating twin-screw extruder, 1400C, injection molding
Intercalated structure, crystalline structure changes for higher loading, fractional free volume increases with loading, deacylation accelerated and main chain degradation delayed in air, reduces damping
477
27. Various nanocomposites including EVA
Various methods Nanodispersion decreases flame retardancy, combining nanoparticles with traditional flame retardants and surface treatment gives good results
478
28. PE/EVA/clay Premixing of blend, extrusion through twin-screw extruder at 1800C, hot press, irradiation at RT
Gel fraction, mechanical properties and morphology evolution estimated, effect of dosage analysed
479, 480
29. EVA/MMT Two-roll mill at 1300C for 7 min, one-pot process
Intercalated-exfoliated morphology, tensile and thermal properties improved
481
30. EVA/Mg(OH)2 Rubber mill at 1300C, hot pressing at 1500C
Drastic improvement for LOI due to good dispersion and compact char
482
![Page 66: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/66.jpg)
Introduction 65
9. EVA/clay Melt mixing in a Brabender
Intercalated structure, processable like pure EVA, increase in rigidity at low silicate content
451
10. EVA/LS/ATH Different compounding machines, 1600C
TGA in air shows delay in degradation, peak of heat release dramatically reduced, improved flame retardancy
452
11. EVA/cellulose whiskers
EVA dissolved in hot toluene stirred with whiskers suspension
Experimental and theoretical model predictions complement each other
453
12. EVA/clay Melt blending in rubber mill at 1200C and hot pressing at 1400C
Intercalated or partially exfoliated structure, E’ and thermal properties increase,
454
13. EVA/clay Melt mixing in Haake Rheocord mixer at 1400C
Exfoliated structure due to hydrogen bonding, effect of grafting of MAH studied
455
14. EVA/organoclay Melt mixing in Brabender mixer at 1300C at 60 rpm
Purification of organoclays improved mechanical and rheological behavior
456
15. EVA/MMT Melt blending at 1000C using Haake mixer
Intercalated structure, Young’s modulus increased, compatibiliser improved mechanical properties
457
16. EVA/MMT Melt blending at 1300C
Exfoliated, improved mechanical properties
458
17. EVA/MMT Melt blending at 1450C in a two roll mill
Exfoliated structure, two step degradation in TGA, peak HRR reduced and weight loss delayed
459, 460
18. EVA/MMT Solution blending Improved mechanical properties, improvement in thermal characteristics, decrease in swelling indices
461-465
19. EVA/clay Melt blending at 1500C in Brabender mixer under the flow of N2
Mixed exfoliated and intercalated clay structure, pseudo solid like behavior due to a 3D tactoid formation in polymer matrix, improved thermal properties
466-468
20. EVA/Na+MMT Melt blending at 1600C in Brabender mixer
Better fire performance for nanostructured composites
469
66 Chapter 1
21. EVA/clay Melt intercalation using twin-screw extruder at 1600C
Significant intercalation of clay, lower clay content showed exfoliation and higher modulus and tensile strength
470
22. EVA/MWNT/Clay Melt extrusion of a pre-blended nanotube/ EVA mixture using a Brabender at 1300C
Reduction in peak of heat release rate due to the formation of graphitic carbon, improved fire retardancy due to CNTs
471
23. EVA/OMMT Premixing, twin screw extrusion at 1200C
Mixed intercalated/exfoliated, enhanced linear viscoelastic response, occurrence of 3D network formation
472-474
24. EVA/clay Melt-blended at 1600C with a Brabender mixer and extruder
Exfoliated structure at low content, improved thermal properties
475
25. EVA/MMT/CTAB Melt mixing in twin-roll mill at 1200C or 1400C
Interlayer spacing increased, mechanical properties improved, thermally more stable w.r.t. mixing time
476
26. EVA/Rectorite Premixing, co-rotating twin-screw extruder, 1400C, injection molding
Intercalated structure, crystalline structure changes for higher loading, fractional free volume increases with loading, deacylation accelerated and main chain degradation delayed in air, reduces damping
477
27. Various nanocomposites including EVA
Various methods Nanodispersion decreases flame retardancy, combining nanoparticles with traditional flame retardants and surface treatment gives good results
478
28. PE/EVA/clay Premixing of blend, extrusion through twin-screw extruder at 1800C, hot press, irradiation at RT
Gel fraction, mechanical properties and morphology evolution estimated, effect of dosage analysed
479, 480
29. EVA/MMT Two-roll mill at 1300C for 7 min, one-pot process
Intercalated-exfoliated morphology, tensile and thermal properties improved
481
30. EVA/Mg(OH)2 Rubber mill at 1300C, hot pressing at 1500C
Drastic improvement for LOI due to good dispersion and compact char
482
![Page 67: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/67.jpg)
Introduction 67
31. NR/EVA/MMT Haake internal mixer at 1250C, hot pressed
Partial exfoliation of clay, modulus, tensile strength, Tg
and thermal properties improved
483
32. EVA/Bentonite Banbury twin-screw compounder at 80°C using 70 rpm for 40 min, compression molded at 110°C
Orientation and exfoliation of clay studied by WAXS and SAXS
484
33. PA6/EVA/clay Melt mixing by blender and twin-screw extruder
Higher PA-6 show better fire properties but less mechanical response
485
34. PP-EP/EVA/clay Co-rotating twin screw extruder, 1300 and 1900C for EVA and PP, injection molding 1300C
Ordered intercalated structure, improved thermal degradation, flame retardancy of the composites increased
486
35. EVA/clay/MWNT Brabender internal mixer at 1400C, for 12 min with a speed of 45 rpm
Synergistic effect on adding clays and nanotubes, mechanical, thermal and flame retardant properties enhanced
487
36. EVA/hectorite and EVA/Magadiite
Melt blending the polymer with 3 wt% clay in a Brabender Plasticorder at 120-1300C, for 20 min at 60 rpm
Thermal degradation studied elaborately, multiple degradation pathways proposed
488
37. EVA/clay 4 different internal mixers for melt blending
Elastic modulus increased to 100%, remarkable improvement in thermo-oxidation
489
Table 1.23. Examples of EVA nanocomposites with their preparation technique and major results
1.12. Purpose and objectives of the present work
From the ongoing discussion it can be concluded that the area of polymer
nanocomposites is topic of this era. Their preparation, characterisation, properties and
application will be beneficial to the mankind in a long way. So far no studies have
been reported both in polystyrene and EVA nanocomposites based on nanocalcium
68 Chapter 1
phosphate. In the previous sections of PS and EVA based nanocomposites majority of
the researchers chose either layered silicates or clay as the nanofiller. This is mainly
because of the layered structure of the systems. There are some reports regarding the
usage of mineral fillers as the reinforcement also.
Previously our laboratory was working mainly on polymer blends and composites
and their characterisation and application studies [490-494]. Recently we also
entered into the nanocomposites. We were mainly working on the
nanocomposites of natural rubber latex and its blends with carboxylated styrene
butadiene rubber latex. The preparation, characterisation and analysis of the
above composites are well documented [495-497]. Nowadays we were looking for
new polymer matrices and new nanomaterials. In this study we tried to synthesis
nanoparticles of calcium phosphate by the polymer induced crystallization
technique, which is known to be economical and high yielding. The prepared
nanoparticles were incorporated into two polymer matrices such as PS and EVA.
The various physico chemical properties were studied in detail. To the best of our
knowledge no research group has carried out similar work in PS and EVA
matrices.
The specific objectives of the current study are
• To synthesise nanoparticles of calcium phosphate via the polymer
induced crystallization technique and to characterize them by various
techniques
• To prepare PS based nanocomposites with nanocalcium phosphate and
characterize them by different techniques
• To analyse the mechanical, dynamic mechanical, thermal, rheological and
surface properties of the composites
• To prepare nanocomposites of EVA with nanocalcium phosphate and
characterize them by different techniques
• To analyse the mechanical, dynamic mechanical, thermal, rheological,
transport and surface properties of the composites
![Page 68: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/68.jpg)
Introduction 67
31. NR/EVA/MMT Haake internal mixer at 1250C, hot pressed
Partial exfoliation of clay, modulus, tensile strength, Tg
and thermal properties improved
483
32. EVA/Bentonite Banbury twin-screw compounder at 80°C using 70 rpm for 40 min, compression molded at 110°C
Orientation and exfoliation of clay studied by WAXS and SAXS
484
33. PA6/EVA/clay Melt mixing by blender and twin-screw extruder
Higher PA-6 show better fire properties but less mechanical response
485
34. PP-EP/EVA/clay Co-rotating twin screw extruder, 1300 and 1900C for EVA and PP, injection molding 1300C
Ordered intercalated structure, improved thermal degradation, flame retardancy of the composites increased
486
35. EVA/clay/MWNT Brabender internal mixer at 1400C, for 12 min with a speed of 45 rpm
Synergistic effect on adding clays and nanotubes, mechanical, thermal and flame retardant properties enhanced
487
36. EVA/hectorite and EVA/Magadiite
Melt blending the polymer with 3 wt% clay in a Brabender Plasticorder at 120-1300C, for 20 min at 60 rpm
Thermal degradation studied elaborately, multiple degradation pathways proposed
488
37. EVA/clay 4 different internal mixers for melt blending
Elastic modulus increased to 100%, remarkable improvement in thermo-oxidation
489
Table 1.23. Examples of EVA nanocomposites with their preparation technique and major results
1.12. Purpose and objectives of the present work
From the ongoing discussion it can be concluded that the area of polymer
nanocomposites is topic of this era. Their preparation, characterisation, properties and
application will be beneficial to the mankind in a long way. So far no studies have
been reported both in polystyrene and EVA nanocomposites based on nanocalcium
68 Chapter 1
phosphate. In the previous sections of PS and EVA based nanocomposites majority of
the researchers chose either layered silicates or clay as the nanofiller. This is mainly
because of the layered structure of the systems. There are some reports regarding the
usage of mineral fillers as the reinforcement also.
Previously our laboratory was working mainly on polymer blends and composites
and their characterisation and application studies [490-494]. Recently we also
entered into the nanocomposites. We were mainly working on the
nanocomposites of natural rubber latex and its blends with carboxylated styrene
butadiene rubber latex. The preparation, characterisation and analysis of the
above composites are well documented [495-497]. Nowadays we were looking for
new polymer matrices and new nanomaterials. In this study we tried to synthesis
nanoparticles of calcium phosphate by the polymer induced crystallization
technique, which is known to be economical and high yielding. The prepared
nanoparticles were incorporated into two polymer matrices such as PS and EVA.
The various physico chemical properties were studied in detail. To the best of our
knowledge no research group has carried out similar work in PS and EVA
matrices.
The specific objectives of the current study are
• To synthesise nanoparticles of calcium phosphate via the polymer
induced crystallization technique and to characterize them by various
techniques
• To prepare PS based nanocomposites with nanocalcium phosphate and
characterize them by different techniques
• To analyse the mechanical, dynamic mechanical, thermal, rheological and
surface properties of the composites
• To prepare nanocomposites of EVA with nanocalcium phosphate and
characterize them by different techniques
• To analyse the mechanical, dynamic mechanical, thermal, rheological,
transport and surface properties of the composites
![Page 69: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/69.jpg)
Introduction 69
1.13. References
1. A Kelly, Compos Sci Technol 23 (1985) 171
2. A Kelley, C Zweben, editors, Comprehensive composite materials, vols.
1–6. Elsevier; (2000)
3. ET Thostenson, J Amer Cer Soc 12 (2004) 14.
4. Nanotechnology: Shaping the World Atom by Atom. National Science and
Technology Council Interagency Working Group on Nanoscience,
Engineering and Technology (1999). Available from: http://www.nano.gov.
5. ET Thostenson, Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Delaware (2004)
6. ET Thostenson, WZ Li, DZ Wang, ZF Ren, TW Chou, J Appl Phys 91
(1998) 6034
7. ET Thostenson, TW Chou, J Phys D 36 (2003) 573
8. Jpn Tokkyo Koho 1204305 (1983)), Unitika Ltd, Fujiwara, T Sakamoto
Chem Abstr 86 (1997) 141002.
9. Nanoscience and nanotechnologies: opportunities and uncertainties, The
Royal Society & The Royal Academy of Engineering, London, (2004)
10. LA Utracki, Clay-Containing Polymeric Nanocomposites, Rapra Tech Ltd,
London (2004)
11. M Okamoto, Advance in Polymeric Nanocomposites, CMC Publishers,
Tokyo (2004)
12. TJ Pinavaia, G Beall, Polymeric Clay Nanocomposites, Wiley, New York
(2000)
13. A Okada, A Usuki, T Kurauchi, O Kamigaito, ACS Sym Ser N. 585, Am
Chem Soc (1995) 55
14. A Okada, M Kawasumi, T Kurauchi, O Kamigaito, ACS Polym Prepr 28
(1987) 447
70 Chapter 1
15. U. S. 4739007 (1988), Toyota Chuo Kenkyuusho, A Okada, A Fukushima,
M Kawasumi, S Inagaki, A Usuki, S Sugiyama, T Kurauchi, O Kamigaito,
Chem Abstr 107 (1987) 60084
16. M Takayanagi, A Kobunshi (1984), Chem Abstr 101 (1984) 231305
17. M Takayanagi, T Ogata, M Mohkawa, T Kai, J Macromol Sci Phys B17
(1980) 591
18. H van Olphen, An Introduction to Clay Colloid Chemistry, 2nd edition,
Wiley-Interscience, New York (1977)
19. HZ Friedlander, J Polym Sci 2 (1964) 475
20. A Blumstein, J Polym Sci 3A (1965) 2653
21. HGG Dekking, J Appl Polym Sci 11 (1967) 23
22. LW Zhong, Mater Today 7 (2004) 26
23. T Naganuma, Y Kagawa Compos Sci Technol 62 (2002) 1187
24. RP Singh, M Zhang, D Chan J Mater Sci 37 (2002) 781
25. L Lopez, BMK Song, HT Hahn, Proceedings of the 14th international
conference on composite materials (ICCM-14), San Diego (2003) 138
26. CM Thompson, HM Herring, TS Gates, JW Connell, Compos Sci Technol
63 (2003) 1591
27. BJ Ash, RW Siegel, LS Schadler, Macromolecules 37 (2004) 1358
28. J Karger-Kocsis, Z Zhang, JF Palta Calleja, G Michler, editors, Mechanical
properties of polymers based on nanostructure and morphology, New
York (2004)
29. JJ Luo, IM Daniel, Compos Sci Technol 63 (2003) 1607
30. V Krikorian, DJ Pochan, Chem Mater 15 (2003) 4317
31. F Gao, Mater Today 7(2004) 50
32. SS Ray, M Okamoto, Progr Polym Sci 28 (2003) 1539
![Page 70: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/70.jpg)
Introduction 69
1.13. References
1. A Kelly, Compos Sci Technol 23 (1985) 171
2. A Kelley, C Zweben, editors, Comprehensive composite materials, vols.
1–6. Elsevier; (2000)
3. ET Thostenson, J Amer Cer Soc 12 (2004) 14.
4. Nanotechnology: Shaping the World Atom by Atom. National Science and
Technology Council Interagency Working Group on Nanoscience,
Engineering and Technology (1999). Available from: http://www.nano.gov.
5. ET Thostenson, Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Delaware (2004)
6. ET Thostenson, WZ Li, DZ Wang, ZF Ren, TW Chou, J Appl Phys 91
(1998) 6034
7. ET Thostenson, TW Chou, J Phys D 36 (2003) 573
8. Jpn Tokkyo Koho 1204305 (1983)), Unitika Ltd, Fujiwara, T Sakamoto
Chem Abstr 86 (1997) 141002.
9. Nanoscience and nanotechnologies: opportunities and uncertainties, The
Royal Society & The Royal Academy of Engineering, London, (2004)
10. LA Utracki, Clay-Containing Polymeric Nanocomposites, Rapra Tech Ltd,
London (2004)
11. M Okamoto, Advance in Polymeric Nanocomposites, CMC Publishers,
Tokyo (2004)
12. TJ Pinavaia, G Beall, Polymeric Clay Nanocomposites, Wiley, New York
(2000)
13. A Okada, A Usuki, T Kurauchi, O Kamigaito, ACS Sym Ser N. 585, Am
Chem Soc (1995) 55
14. A Okada, M Kawasumi, T Kurauchi, O Kamigaito, ACS Polym Prepr 28
(1987) 447
70 Chapter 1
15. U. S. 4739007 (1988), Toyota Chuo Kenkyuusho, A Okada, A Fukushima,
M Kawasumi, S Inagaki, A Usuki, S Sugiyama, T Kurauchi, O Kamigaito,
Chem Abstr 107 (1987) 60084
16. M Takayanagi, A Kobunshi (1984), Chem Abstr 101 (1984) 231305
17. M Takayanagi, T Ogata, M Mohkawa, T Kai, J Macromol Sci Phys B17
(1980) 591
18. H van Olphen, An Introduction to Clay Colloid Chemistry, 2nd edition,
Wiley-Interscience, New York (1977)
19. HZ Friedlander, J Polym Sci 2 (1964) 475
20. A Blumstein, J Polym Sci 3A (1965) 2653
21. HGG Dekking, J Appl Polym Sci 11 (1967) 23
22. LW Zhong, Mater Today 7 (2004) 26
23. T Naganuma, Y Kagawa Compos Sci Technol 62 (2002) 1187
24. RP Singh, M Zhang, D Chan J Mater Sci 37 (2002) 781
25. L Lopez, BMK Song, HT Hahn, Proceedings of the 14th international
conference on composite materials (ICCM-14), San Diego (2003) 138
26. CM Thompson, HM Herring, TS Gates, JW Connell, Compos Sci Technol
63 (2003) 1591
27. BJ Ash, RW Siegel, LS Schadler, Macromolecules 37 (2004) 1358
28. J Karger-Kocsis, Z Zhang, JF Palta Calleja, G Michler, editors, Mechanical
properties of polymers based on nanostructure and morphology, New
York (2004)
29. JJ Luo, IM Daniel, Compos Sci Technol 63 (2003) 1607
30. V Krikorian, DJ Pochan, Chem Mater 15 (2003) 4317
31. F Gao, Mater Today 7(2004) 50
32. SS Ray, M Okamoto, Progr Polym Sci 28 (2003) 1539
![Page 71: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/71.jpg)
Introduction 71
33. M Alexandre, P Dubois, Mater Sci Eng R Rep 28 (2000) 1
34. A Yasmin, JL Abot, IM Daniel, Proceedings of the 14th international
conference on composite materials (ICCM-14), San Diego (2003) 138
35. A Okada, A Usuki, Mater Sci Eng C 3 (1995) 109
36. J Tsai, CT Sun, J Compos Mater 38 (2004) 567
37. H Miyagawa, LT Drzal, Proceedings of the 14th international conference
on composite materials (ICCM-14), San Diego (2003) 512
38. T Ogasawara, Y Ishida, T Ishikawa, Proceedings of the 11th US-Japan
conference on composite materials, Yonezawa, Yamagata, Japan (2004)
269
39. H Fukushima. LT Drzal, Proceedings of the 14th international conference
on composite materials (ICCM-14), San Diego (2003) 532
40. W Zheng, SC Wong, Compos Sci Technol 63 (2003) 225
41. W Zheng, XH Lu, SC Wong, J Appl Polym Sci 91 (2004) 2781
42. JH Song, H Huh, HT Hahn, Proceedings of the 14th international
conference on composite materials (ICCM-14), San Diego (2003) 512
43. VI Merkulov, DH Lowndes, YY Wei, G Eres, E Voelkl, Appl Phys Lett 76
(2000) 3555
44. M Endo, YA Kim, T Hayashi, Y Fukai, K Oshida, M Terrones, Appl Phys
Lett 80 (2002) 1267
45. M Endo, YA Kim, M Ezaka, K Osada, T Yanagisawa, T Hayashi, Nano
Lett 3 (2003) 723
46. CY Wei, D Srivastava, Appl Phys Lett 85 (2004) 2208
47. IC Finegan, GG Tibbetts, DG Glasgow, J Mater Sci 38 (2003) 3485
48. IC Finegan, GG Tibbetts, RF Gibson, Compos Sci Technol 63 (2003)
1629
72 Chapter 1
49. HM Ma, JJ Zeng, ML Real, S Kumar, DA Schiraldi, Compos Sci Technol
63 (2003) 1617
50. J Sandler, AH Windle, P Werner, V Altstadt, MV Es, MSP Shaffer, J Mater
Sci 38 (2003) 2135
51. S Iijima, Nature 354 (1991) 56
52. PG Collins, P Avouris, Scient Am 283 (2000) 62
53. RA Vaia, HD Wagner, Mater Today 7 (2004) 33
54. WA Curtin, BW Sheldon. Mater Today 7 (2004) 44
55. NH Tai, MK Yeh, JH Liu, Carbon 42 (2004) 2774
56. FH Gojny, MHG Wichmann, U Kopke, B Fiedler, K Schulte, Compos Sci
Technol 64 (2004) 2363
57. T Ogasawara, Y Ishida, T Ishikawa, R Yokota, Compos Part A 35 (2004)
67
58. ET Thostenson, TW Chou, J Phys D 35 (2002) L77
59. MD Frogley, D Ravich, HD Wagner, Compos Sci Technol 63 (2003) 1647
60. NASA Tech Briefs, 3 (2004) 46
61. TW Chou, Microstructural design of fiber composites, Cambridge
University Press (1992)
62. HR Shetty, TW Chou, Metall Trans A 16 (1985) 853
63. ET Thostenson, TW Chou, Carbon 42 (2004) 3015
64. CY Li, TW Chou, Mech Mater 36 (2004) 1047
65. TW Chou, RL McCullough, RB Pipes, Compos Scient Am 254 (1986) 193
66. Y Dzenis, Science 304 (2004) 1917
67. F Ko, Y Gogotsi, A Ali, N Naguib, HH Ye, GL Yang, Adv Mater 15 (2003)
1161
![Page 72: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/72.jpg)
Introduction 71
33. M Alexandre, P Dubois, Mater Sci Eng R Rep 28 (2000) 1
34. A Yasmin, JL Abot, IM Daniel, Proceedings of the 14th international
conference on composite materials (ICCM-14), San Diego (2003) 138
35. A Okada, A Usuki, Mater Sci Eng C 3 (1995) 109
36. J Tsai, CT Sun, J Compos Mater 38 (2004) 567
37. H Miyagawa, LT Drzal, Proceedings of the 14th international conference
on composite materials (ICCM-14), San Diego (2003) 512
38. T Ogasawara, Y Ishida, T Ishikawa, Proceedings of the 11th US-Japan
conference on composite materials, Yonezawa, Yamagata, Japan (2004)
269
39. H Fukushima. LT Drzal, Proceedings of the 14th international conference
on composite materials (ICCM-14), San Diego (2003) 532
40. W Zheng, SC Wong, Compos Sci Technol 63 (2003) 225
41. W Zheng, XH Lu, SC Wong, J Appl Polym Sci 91 (2004) 2781
42. JH Song, H Huh, HT Hahn, Proceedings of the 14th international
conference on composite materials (ICCM-14), San Diego (2003) 512
43. VI Merkulov, DH Lowndes, YY Wei, G Eres, E Voelkl, Appl Phys Lett 76
(2000) 3555
44. M Endo, YA Kim, T Hayashi, Y Fukai, K Oshida, M Terrones, Appl Phys
Lett 80 (2002) 1267
45. M Endo, YA Kim, M Ezaka, K Osada, T Yanagisawa, T Hayashi, Nano
Lett 3 (2003) 723
46. CY Wei, D Srivastava, Appl Phys Lett 85 (2004) 2208
47. IC Finegan, GG Tibbetts, DG Glasgow, J Mater Sci 38 (2003) 3485
48. IC Finegan, GG Tibbetts, RF Gibson, Compos Sci Technol 63 (2003)
1629
72 Chapter 1
49. HM Ma, JJ Zeng, ML Real, S Kumar, DA Schiraldi, Compos Sci Technol
63 (2003) 1617
50. J Sandler, AH Windle, P Werner, V Altstadt, MV Es, MSP Shaffer, J Mater
Sci 38 (2003) 2135
51. S Iijima, Nature 354 (1991) 56
52. PG Collins, P Avouris, Scient Am 283 (2000) 62
53. RA Vaia, HD Wagner, Mater Today 7 (2004) 33
54. WA Curtin, BW Sheldon. Mater Today 7 (2004) 44
55. NH Tai, MK Yeh, JH Liu, Carbon 42 (2004) 2774
56. FH Gojny, MHG Wichmann, U Kopke, B Fiedler, K Schulte, Compos Sci
Technol 64 (2004) 2363
57. T Ogasawara, Y Ishida, T Ishikawa, R Yokota, Compos Part A 35 (2004)
67
58. ET Thostenson, TW Chou, J Phys D 35 (2002) L77
59. MD Frogley, D Ravich, HD Wagner, Compos Sci Technol 63 (2003) 1647
60. NASA Tech Briefs, 3 (2004) 46
61. TW Chou, Microstructural design of fiber composites, Cambridge
University Press (1992)
62. HR Shetty, TW Chou, Metall Trans A 16 (1985) 853
63. ET Thostenson, TW Chou, Carbon 42 (2004) 3015
64. CY Li, TW Chou, Mech Mater 36 (2004) 1047
65. TW Chou, RL McCullough, RB Pipes, Compos Scient Am 254 (1986) 193
66. Y Dzenis, Science 304 (2004) 1917
67. F Ko, Y Gogotsi, A Ali, N Naguib, HH Ye, GL Yang, Adv Mater 15 (2003)
1161
![Page 73: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/73.jpg)
Introduction 73
68. L Viculis, J Mack, A Ali, R Luoh, G Yang, R Kaner, Proceedings of the
14th international conference on composite materials (ICCM-14), San
Diego (2003) 138
69. FK Ko, M Gandhi, C Karatzas, Proceedings of the 19th American society
for composites annual technical conference, Atlanta, Georgia, (2004)
70. H Mahfuz, A Adnan, VK Rangari, S Jeelani, BZ Jang, Compos Part A 35
(2004) 519
71. S Kumar, TD Dang, FE Arnold, AR Bhattacharyya, BG Min, XF Zhang,
Macromolecules 35 (2002) 9039
72. DT Colbert, RE Smalley, in E Osawa, editor, Perspectives of fullerene
nanotechnology, Kluwer Academic Publishers (2002) 3
73. DA Walters, MJ Casavant, XC Qin, CB Human, PJ Boul, LM Ericson,
Chem Phys Lett 338 (2001) 14
74. B Wang, Z Liang, KR Shankar, K Bareeld, C Zhang, L Kramer,
Proceedings of the 14th international conference on composite materials
(ICCM-14), San Diego (2003) 422
75. The MicroJetReactor for Producing Nanoparticles, Synthesechemie
GmbH, home.t-online.de/home/penth/ebesch.htm
76. Kava Technology (2004), www.kavatechnology.com/index.html
77. EL Mayes, J Mag Soc Jap 26 (2002) 932
78. KL Choy, In Innovative Processing of Films and Nanocrystalline Powders,
World Scientific Publishing, Singapore (2002)
79. MS Dresselhaus, Carbon nanotubes–Synthesis, Structure, Properties and
Applications, Springer-Verlag, Berlin/Heidelberg (2001)
80. M Boutonnet, J Kizling, P Stenius, G Maire, Colloids Surfaces, 5 (1982) 209
74 Chapter 1
81. R Leung, M Jeng, P Hou, DO Shah, In DT Wasan, ME Ginn, DO Shah
(Eds) Surfactants in Chemical Process Engineering, Marcel Dekker, New
York, Surfactant Sci Ser 28 (1988) 315
82. M Boutonnet, AN Khan-Lodhi, T Towey, Structure and Reactivity in
Reversed Micelles (MP Pileni, ed) Elsevier, Amsterdam and New York,
(1989) 198
83. P Barnickel, A Wokaun, W Sager, J Colloid Interface Sci 148 (1992) 80
84. I Lisiecki, MP Pileni, J Phys Chem 99 (1995) 5077
85. JP Chen, KM Lee, CM Sorensen, KJ Klabunde, GC Hadjipanavis, J Appl
Phys 75 (1994) 5876
86. ZJ Chen, XM Qu, FQ Tang, L Jiang, Colloids Surfaces B Biointerfaces 7
(1996) 173
87. AJI Ward, EC O'Sulivan, JC Rang, J Nedeljkovic, RC Patel, J Colloid
Interface Sci 161 (1993) 316
88. J Eastoe, B Warne, Curr Opin Colloid Interface Sci 1 (1996) 800
89. K Kandori, K Kon-No, A Kitahara, J Colloid Interface Sci 122 (1987) 78
90. K Kandori, K Kon-No, A Kitahara J Dispersion Sci Technol 9 (1988) 61
91. SY Chang, L Liu, SA Asher, J Am Chem Soc 116 (1994) 6739
92. E Joselevich, I Willner, J Phys Chem, 98 (1994) 7628
93. V Chhabra, V Pillai, BK Mishra, A Morrone, DO Shah, Langmuir 11
(1995) 3307
94. T Kawai, A Fujino, K Kon-No, Colloids Surfaces A 100 (1996) 245
95. V Pillai, P Kumar, MS Multani, DO Shah, Colloid Surf A 80 (1993) 695
96. LM Qi, J Ma, H Chen, Z Zhao, J Phys Chem B 101 (1997) 3460
97. W Cai, L Zhang, J Phys Condensed Matter 9 (1997) 7257
![Page 74: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/74.jpg)
Introduction 73
68. L Viculis, J Mack, A Ali, R Luoh, G Yang, R Kaner, Proceedings of the
14th international conference on composite materials (ICCM-14), San
Diego (2003) 138
69. FK Ko, M Gandhi, C Karatzas, Proceedings of the 19th American society
for composites annual technical conference, Atlanta, Georgia, (2004)
70. H Mahfuz, A Adnan, VK Rangari, S Jeelani, BZ Jang, Compos Part A 35
(2004) 519
71. S Kumar, TD Dang, FE Arnold, AR Bhattacharyya, BG Min, XF Zhang,
Macromolecules 35 (2002) 9039
72. DT Colbert, RE Smalley, in E Osawa, editor, Perspectives of fullerene
nanotechnology, Kluwer Academic Publishers (2002) 3
73. DA Walters, MJ Casavant, XC Qin, CB Human, PJ Boul, LM Ericson,
Chem Phys Lett 338 (2001) 14
74. B Wang, Z Liang, KR Shankar, K Bareeld, C Zhang, L Kramer,
Proceedings of the 14th international conference on composite materials
(ICCM-14), San Diego (2003) 422
75. The MicroJetReactor for Producing Nanoparticles, Synthesechemie
GmbH, home.t-online.de/home/penth/ebesch.htm
76. Kava Technology (2004), www.kavatechnology.com/index.html
77. EL Mayes, J Mag Soc Jap 26 (2002) 932
78. KL Choy, In Innovative Processing of Films and Nanocrystalline Powders,
World Scientific Publishing, Singapore (2002)
79. MS Dresselhaus, Carbon nanotubes–Synthesis, Structure, Properties and
Applications, Springer-Verlag, Berlin/Heidelberg (2001)
80. M Boutonnet, J Kizling, P Stenius, G Maire, Colloids Surfaces, 5 (1982) 209
74 Chapter 1
81. R Leung, M Jeng, P Hou, DO Shah, In DT Wasan, ME Ginn, DO Shah
(Eds) Surfactants in Chemical Process Engineering, Marcel Dekker, New
York, Surfactant Sci Ser 28 (1988) 315
82. M Boutonnet, AN Khan-Lodhi, T Towey, Structure and Reactivity in
Reversed Micelles (MP Pileni, ed) Elsevier, Amsterdam and New York,
(1989) 198
83. P Barnickel, A Wokaun, W Sager, J Colloid Interface Sci 148 (1992) 80
84. I Lisiecki, MP Pileni, J Phys Chem 99 (1995) 5077
85. JP Chen, KM Lee, CM Sorensen, KJ Klabunde, GC Hadjipanavis, J Appl
Phys 75 (1994) 5876
86. ZJ Chen, XM Qu, FQ Tang, L Jiang, Colloids Surfaces B Biointerfaces 7
(1996) 173
87. AJI Ward, EC O'Sulivan, JC Rang, J Nedeljkovic, RC Patel, J Colloid
Interface Sci 161 (1993) 316
88. J Eastoe, B Warne, Curr Opin Colloid Interface Sci 1 (1996) 800
89. K Kandori, K Kon-No, A Kitahara, J Colloid Interface Sci 122 (1987) 78
90. K Kandori, K Kon-No, A Kitahara J Dispersion Sci Technol 9 (1988) 61
91. SY Chang, L Liu, SA Asher, J Am Chem Soc 116 (1994) 6739
92. E Joselevich, I Willner, J Phys Chem, 98 (1994) 7628
93. V Chhabra, V Pillai, BK Mishra, A Morrone, DO Shah, Langmuir 11
(1995) 3307
94. T Kawai, A Fujino, K Kon-No, Colloids Surfaces A 100 (1996) 245
95. V Pillai, P Kumar, MS Multani, DO Shah, Colloid Surf A 80 (1993) 695
96. LM Qi, J Ma, H Chen, Z Zhao, J Phys Chem B 101 (1997) 3460
97. W Cai, L Zhang, J Phys Condensed Matter 9 (1997) 7257
![Page 75: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/75.jpg)
Introduction 75
98. L Maya, M Paranthaman, T Thundat, ML Bauer, J Vac Sci Tech B
Microelectronics and Nanometer 14 (1996) 15
99. R Subramanian, PE Denney, J Singh, M Otooni, J Mater Sci 33 (1998)
3471
100. SL Che, K Takada, K Takashima, O Sakurai, K Shinozaki, N Mizutani, J
Mater Sci 34 (1999) 1313
101. K Okuyama, IW Lenggoro, N Tagami, S Tamaki, N Tohge, J Mater Sci 32
(1997) 1229
102. W Li, B Chang, S Qian, X Zou, B Qian, W Zhou, Science 274 (1996)
1701
103. CNR Rao, A Govindaraj, R Sen, BC Satishkumar, Mater Res Innovations
2 (1998) 128
104. G Xiong, X Wang, L Lu, X Yang, Y Xu, J Sol Stat Chem 141(1998) 70
105. YD Jiang, M Phil Thesis, Georgia Institute of Technology (1999)
106. E Matijevic, WP Hsu, J Colloidal and Interface Science 118 (1987) 506
107. YX Huang, CJ Guo, Powder Technology, 72 (1992) 101
108. AS Pathak, D Kulkarni, SK Date, P Pramanik, Nanostruct Mater 8 (1997) 101
109. LL Hench, JK West, Chem Rev 90 (1990) 33
110. U Schubert, J Chem Soc Dalton Trans 33 (1996) 43
111. HH Huang, GL Wilkes, JG Carlson, Polymer 30 (1989) 2001
112. N Varnier, O Hovnanian, A Larbot, P Bergez, L Cot, J Charpin Mater Res
Bullet 29 (1994) 4779
113. C Wang, JY Ying, Chem Mater 11 (1999) 3113
114. W Chang, G Skandan, SC Danforth, BH Kear, H Hahn, Nanostruct Mater 4
(1994a) 507
76 Chapter 1
115. W Chang, G Skandan, H Hahn, SC Danforth, BH Kear, Nanostruct Mater 4
(1994b) 345
116. M Kitamura, M Nishioka, J Oshinowo, Y Arakawa, Jpn J Appl Phys Part 1
34 (1995) 4376
117. F Heinrichsdorff, A Krost, N Kirstaedter, M-H Mao, M Grundmann, D
Bimberg, AO Kosogov, P Werner, Jpn J Appl Phys Part 1 36 (1997) 4129
118. S Ishida, Y Arakawa, K Wada, Appl Phys Lett 72 (1998) 800
119. K Tachibana, T Someya, Y Arakawa, Appl Phys Lett 74 (1999) 383
120. T Seto, K Okuyama, A Hirota, J Aerosol Sci 26 (1995) 5601
121. Y Liu, W Zhu, OK Tan, Y Shen, Mater Sci Eng B B47 (1997) 171
122. Y Liu, W Zhu, OK Tan, X Yao, J Mater Sci Mater in Electronics 7 (1996)
279
123. MK Akhtar, SE Pratsinis, SVR Mastrangelo, J Mater Res 9 (1994) 1241
124. WZ Zhu, M Yan, Mater Chem Phys 53 (1998) 262
125. JP Dekker, PJ van der Put, HJ Veringa, J Schoonman, J Am Ceram Soc
80 (1997) 629
126. M Yudasaka, R Kikuchi, Y Ohki, E Ota, S Yoshimura, Appl Phys Lett 70
(1997) 1817
127. LC Qin, D Zhou, AR Krauss, DM Gruen, Appl Phys Lett 72 (1998) 3437
128. G Che, BB Lakshmi, CR Martin, ER Fisher, Langmuir 15 (1999) 750
129. AG Sutugin, NA Fuchs, J Colloid Interface Sci 27 (1968) 216
130. RC Flagan, MM Lunden, Mat Sci Eng A204 (1995) 113
131. RS Windeler, SK Friedlander, KEJ Lehtinen, Aerosol Sci Tech 27 (1997) 174
132. H Huang, S Yang, G Gu, J Phys Chem B 102 (1998) 3420
![Page 76: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/76.jpg)
Introduction 75
98. L Maya, M Paranthaman, T Thundat, ML Bauer, J Vac Sci Tech B
Microelectronics and Nanometer 14 (1996) 15
99. R Subramanian, PE Denney, J Singh, M Otooni, J Mater Sci 33 (1998)
3471
100. SL Che, K Takada, K Takashima, O Sakurai, K Shinozaki, N Mizutani, J
Mater Sci 34 (1999) 1313
101. K Okuyama, IW Lenggoro, N Tagami, S Tamaki, N Tohge, J Mater Sci 32
(1997) 1229
102. W Li, B Chang, S Qian, X Zou, B Qian, W Zhou, Science 274 (1996)
1701
103. CNR Rao, A Govindaraj, R Sen, BC Satishkumar, Mater Res Innovations
2 (1998) 128
104. G Xiong, X Wang, L Lu, X Yang, Y Xu, J Sol Stat Chem 141(1998) 70
105. YD Jiang, M Phil Thesis, Georgia Institute of Technology (1999)
106. E Matijevic, WP Hsu, J Colloidal and Interface Science 118 (1987) 506
107. YX Huang, CJ Guo, Powder Technology, 72 (1992) 101
108. AS Pathak, D Kulkarni, SK Date, P Pramanik, Nanostruct Mater 8 (1997) 101
109. LL Hench, JK West, Chem Rev 90 (1990) 33
110. U Schubert, J Chem Soc Dalton Trans 33 (1996) 43
111. HH Huang, GL Wilkes, JG Carlson, Polymer 30 (1989) 2001
112. N Varnier, O Hovnanian, A Larbot, P Bergez, L Cot, J Charpin Mater Res
Bullet 29 (1994) 4779
113. C Wang, JY Ying, Chem Mater 11 (1999) 3113
114. W Chang, G Skandan, SC Danforth, BH Kear, H Hahn, Nanostruct Mater 4
(1994a) 507
76 Chapter 1
115. W Chang, G Skandan, H Hahn, SC Danforth, BH Kear, Nanostruct Mater 4
(1994b) 345
116. M Kitamura, M Nishioka, J Oshinowo, Y Arakawa, Jpn J Appl Phys Part 1
34 (1995) 4376
117. F Heinrichsdorff, A Krost, N Kirstaedter, M-H Mao, M Grundmann, D
Bimberg, AO Kosogov, P Werner, Jpn J Appl Phys Part 1 36 (1997) 4129
118. S Ishida, Y Arakawa, K Wada, Appl Phys Lett 72 (1998) 800
119. K Tachibana, T Someya, Y Arakawa, Appl Phys Lett 74 (1999) 383
120. T Seto, K Okuyama, A Hirota, J Aerosol Sci 26 (1995) 5601
121. Y Liu, W Zhu, OK Tan, Y Shen, Mater Sci Eng B B47 (1997) 171
122. Y Liu, W Zhu, OK Tan, X Yao, J Mater Sci Mater in Electronics 7 (1996)
279
123. MK Akhtar, SE Pratsinis, SVR Mastrangelo, J Mater Res 9 (1994) 1241
124. WZ Zhu, M Yan, Mater Chem Phys 53 (1998) 262
125. JP Dekker, PJ van der Put, HJ Veringa, J Schoonman, J Am Ceram Soc
80 (1997) 629
126. M Yudasaka, R Kikuchi, Y Ohki, E Ota, S Yoshimura, Appl Phys Lett 70
(1997) 1817
127. LC Qin, D Zhou, AR Krauss, DM Gruen, Appl Phys Lett 72 (1998) 3437
128. G Che, BB Lakshmi, CR Martin, ER Fisher, Langmuir 15 (1999) 750
129. AG Sutugin, NA Fuchs, J Colloid Interface Sci 27 (1968) 216
130. RC Flagan, MM Lunden, Mat Sci Eng A204 (1995) 113
131. RS Windeler, SK Friedlander, KEJ Lehtinen, Aerosol Sci Tech 27 (1997) 174
132. H Huang, S Yang, G Gu, J Phys Chem B 102 (1998) 3420
![Page 77: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/77.jpg)
Introduction 77
133. WA Saunders, PC Sercel, RB Lee, HA Atwater, KJ Vahala, RC Flagan, J
Escorcia-Aparcia Appl Phys Lett 63 (1993) 1549
134. RP Camata, HA Atwater, KJ Vahala, RC Flagan, Mat Res Soc Symp Proc
405 (1996) 259
135. W Mahoney, RP Andres, Mat Sci Eng A204 (1995) 160
136. W Mahoney, MD Kempe, RP Andres, Mat Res Soc Symp Proc 400 (1996) 65
137. RS Windeler, Thesis, University of California, Los Angeles (1995)
138. T Yoshida, S Takeyama, Y Yamada, K Mutoh, Appl Phys Lett 68 (1996)
1772
139. MS El-Shall, W Slack, W Vann, D Kane, D Hanley, J Phys Chem 98
(1994) 3067
140. S Yatsuya, T Kamakura, K Yamauchi, K Mihama, Jap J Appl Phys 25
(1986) L42
141. M Hirasawa, H Shirakawa, H Hamamura, Y Egashira, H Komiyama, J
Appl Phys 82 (1997) 1404
142. B Wunderlich, Macromol Phys, 2 (1976) 47
143. EP Chang, R Kirsten, EL Sagowski, Polym Eng Sci 18 (1978) 932
144. JJ Bickerman, CC Davis, H Schonhorn, Plastic polymer science and
technology, Ed. M D Baijal, Wiley, New York (1982) 395
145. E Morales, JR White, J Mater Sci 23 (1988) 3612
146. PD Calvert, S Mann, J Mater Sci 23 (1988) 3801
147. KA Mauritz, E Baer, AJ Hopfinger, J Polym Sci Macromol Rev D 13 (1978) 1
148. SK Peneva, JM Schultz, J Polym Sci Polym Phys 25 (1987) 185
149. J Peterman, G Broza, J Mater Sci 22 (1987) 1108
78 Chapter 1
150. A Lowenstam, S Weiner, in Biomineralization, Oxford University Press,
London (1989)
151. MA Crenshaw, in Biological mineralisation and deminerlisation, Ed. GH
Nancollas, Springer, Berlin (1982) 243
152. S Radhakrishnan, SG Joshi, Intern J Polym Mater 11 (1987) 281
153. S Radhakrishnan, JM Schultz, J Crystal Growth 116 (1992) 378
154. C Saujanya, S Radhakrishnan, J Mater Sci 32 (1997) 1069
155. S Mishra, S Sonawane, A Mukherji, HC Mruthyunjaya, J Appl Polym Sci
100 (2006) 4190
156. RA Vaia, EP Giannelis, Macromolecules 30 (1997) 7990
157. RA Vaia, EP Giannelis, Macromolecules 30 (1997) 8000
158. RA Vaia, H Ishii, EP Giannelis, Chem Mater 5 (1993) 1694
159. FL Beyer, NCB Tan, A Dasgupta, ME Galvin, Chem Mater 14 (2002) 2983
160. RA Vaia, S Vasudevan, W Krawiec, LG Scanlon, EP Giannelis, Adv Mater
7 (1995) 154
161. Z Shen, GP Simon, YB Cheng, Polymer 43 (2002) 4251
162. LM Liu, ZN Qi, XG Zhu, J Appl Polym Sci 71(1999) 1133
163. DL VanderHart, A Asano, JW Gilman, Chem Mater 13 (2001) 3781
164. TD Fornes, PJ Yoon, H Keskkula, DR Paul, Polymer 42 (2001) 9929
165. TD Fornes, PJ Yoon, DL Hunter, H Keskkula, DR Paul, Polymer 43 (2002)
5915
166. N Hasegawa, H Okamoto, M Kato, A Usuki, N Sato, Polymer 44 (2003)
2933
167. A Usuki, M Kato, A Okada, T Kurauchi, J Appl Polym Sci 63 (1997) 137
![Page 78: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/78.jpg)
Introduction 77
133. WA Saunders, PC Sercel, RB Lee, HA Atwater, KJ Vahala, RC Flagan, J
Escorcia-Aparcia Appl Phys Lett 63 (1993) 1549
134. RP Camata, HA Atwater, KJ Vahala, RC Flagan, Mat Res Soc Symp Proc
405 (1996) 259
135. W Mahoney, RP Andres, Mat Sci Eng A204 (1995) 160
136. W Mahoney, MD Kempe, RP Andres, Mat Res Soc Symp Proc 400 (1996) 65
137. RS Windeler, Thesis, University of California, Los Angeles (1995)
138. T Yoshida, S Takeyama, Y Yamada, K Mutoh, Appl Phys Lett 68 (1996)
1772
139. MS El-Shall, W Slack, W Vann, D Kane, D Hanley, J Phys Chem 98
(1994) 3067
140. S Yatsuya, T Kamakura, K Yamauchi, K Mihama, Jap J Appl Phys 25
(1986) L42
141. M Hirasawa, H Shirakawa, H Hamamura, Y Egashira, H Komiyama, J
Appl Phys 82 (1997) 1404
142. B Wunderlich, Macromol Phys, 2 (1976) 47
143. EP Chang, R Kirsten, EL Sagowski, Polym Eng Sci 18 (1978) 932
144. JJ Bickerman, CC Davis, H Schonhorn, Plastic polymer science and
technology, Ed. M D Baijal, Wiley, New York (1982) 395
145. E Morales, JR White, J Mater Sci 23 (1988) 3612
146. PD Calvert, S Mann, J Mater Sci 23 (1988) 3801
147. KA Mauritz, E Baer, AJ Hopfinger, J Polym Sci Macromol Rev D 13 (1978) 1
148. SK Peneva, JM Schultz, J Polym Sci Polym Phys 25 (1987) 185
149. J Peterman, G Broza, J Mater Sci 22 (1987) 1108
78 Chapter 1
150. A Lowenstam, S Weiner, in Biomineralization, Oxford University Press,
London (1989)
151. MA Crenshaw, in Biological mineralisation and deminerlisation, Ed. GH
Nancollas, Springer, Berlin (1982) 243
152. S Radhakrishnan, SG Joshi, Intern J Polym Mater 11 (1987) 281
153. S Radhakrishnan, JM Schultz, J Crystal Growth 116 (1992) 378
154. C Saujanya, S Radhakrishnan, J Mater Sci 32 (1997) 1069
155. S Mishra, S Sonawane, A Mukherji, HC Mruthyunjaya, J Appl Polym Sci
100 (2006) 4190
156. RA Vaia, EP Giannelis, Macromolecules 30 (1997) 7990
157. RA Vaia, EP Giannelis, Macromolecules 30 (1997) 8000
158. RA Vaia, H Ishii, EP Giannelis, Chem Mater 5 (1993) 1694
159. FL Beyer, NCB Tan, A Dasgupta, ME Galvin, Chem Mater 14 (2002) 2983
160. RA Vaia, S Vasudevan, W Krawiec, LG Scanlon, EP Giannelis, Adv Mater
7 (1995) 154
161. Z Shen, GP Simon, YB Cheng, Polymer 43 (2002) 4251
162. LM Liu, ZN Qi, XG Zhu, J Appl Polym Sci 71(1999) 1133
163. DL VanderHart, A Asano, JW Gilman, Chem Mater 13 (2001) 3781
164. TD Fornes, PJ Yoon, H Keskkula, DR Paul, Polymer 42 (2001) 9929
165. TD Fornes, PJ Yoon, DL Hunter, H Keskkula, DR Paul, Polymer 43 (2002)
5915
166. N Hasegawa, H Okamoto, M Kato, A Usuki, N Sato, Polymer 44 (2003)
2933
167. A Usuki, M Kato, A Okada, T Kurauchi, J Appl Polym Sci 63 (1997) 137
![Page 79: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/79.jpg)
Introduction 79
168. M Kawasumi, N Hasegawa, M Kato, A Usuki, A Okada, Macromolecules
30 (1997) 6333
169. N Hasegawa, M Kawasumi, M Kato, A Usuki, A Okada, J Appl Polym Sci
67 (1998) 87
170. PH Nam, P Maiti, M Okamoto, T Kotaka, N Hasegawa, A Usuki, Polymer
42 (2001) 9633
171. X Liu, Q Wu, Polymer 42 (2001) 10013
172. PH Nam, P Maiti, M Okamaoto, T Kotaka, Proceedings Nanocomposites,
Chicago, Illinois, USA, ECM Publication (2001)
173. E Manias, A Touny, L Wu, B Lu, K Strawhecker, JW Gilman, TC Chung,
Polym Mater Sci Eng 82 (2000) 282
174. KH Wang, MH Choi, CM Koo, YS Choi, IJ Chung, Polymer 42 (2001)
9819
175. A Usuki, A Tukigase, M Kato Polymer 43 (2002) 2185
176. CH Davis, LJ Mathias, JW Gilman, DA Schiraldi, JR Shields, P Trulove,
TE Sutto, HC Delong, J Polym Sci Part B Polym Phys 40 (2002) 2661
177. SS Ray, P Maiti, M Okamoto, K Yamada, K Ueda, Macromolecules 35
(2002) 3104
178. SS Ray, K Okamoto, K Yamada, M Okamoto, Nano Lett 2 (2002) 423
179. C-M Chan, J Wu, J-X Li, Y-K Cheung, Polymer 43 (2002) 2981
180. CI Park, OO Park, JG Lim, HJ Kim, Polymer 42 (2001) 7465
181. ZS Petrovic, I Javni, A Waddon, G Banhegyi, J Appl Polym Sci 76 (2000)
133
182. MZ Rong, MQ Zhang, YX Zheng, HM Zeng, R Walter, K Friedrich,
Polymer 42 (2001) 167
183. J-X Li, J Wu, CM Chan, Polymer 41 (2000) 6935
80 Chapter 1
184. A Tidjani, CA Wilkie, Polym Degrad Stab 74 (2001) 33.
185. Q Huaili, Z Chungui, Z Shimin, C Guangming, Y Mingshu, Polym Degrad
Stab 81 (2003) 497
186. M Zanetti, P Bracco, L Costa, Polym Degrad Stab 85 (2004) 657
187. AAS Curvelo, AJF De Carvalho, JAM Agnelli, Carbohydr Polym 45 (2001)
183
188. HM Park, X Lee, CZ Jin, CY Park, WJ Cho, CS Ha, Macromol Mater Eng
287 (2002) 533
189. RC Willemse, Material GreenTech 2002, Amsterdam, The Netherlands
(2002)
190. P Nadege, M Alexandre, P Degee, C Calberg, R Jerome, Cloots R, e-
Polymers (2001) 09
191. X Zheng, CA Wilkie, Polym Degrad Stab 82 (2003) 441
192. P Aranda, E Ruiz-Hitzky, Chem Mater 4 (1992) 1395
193. DJ Greenland, J Colloid Sci 18 (1963) 647
194. CW Francis, Soil Sci 115 (1973) 40
195. X Zhao, K Urano, S Ogasawara, Colloid Polym Sci 267 (1989) 899
196. G Jimenez, N Ogata, H Kawai, T Ogihara, J Appl Polym Sci 64 (1997) 2211
197. N Ogata, G Jimenez, H Kawai, T Ogihara, J Polym Sci Part B Polym Phys
35 (1997) 389
198. M Kawasumi, N Hasegawa, A Usuki, A Okada, Mater Sci Eng C 6 (1998) 135
199. HG Jeon, HT Jung, SW Lee, SD Hudson, Polym Bull 41 (1998) 107
200. J Wu, MM Lerner, Chem Mater 5 (1993) 835
201. HJ Choi, SG Kim, YH Hyun, MS Jhon, Macromol Rapid Commun 22
(2001) 320
![Page 80: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/80.jpg)
Introduction 79
168. M Kawasumi, N Hasegawa, M Kato, A Usuki, A Okada, Macromolecules
30 (1997) 6333
169. N Hasegawa, M Kawasumi, M Kato, A Usuki, A Okada, J Appl Polym Sci
67 (1998) 87
170. PH Nam, P Maiti, M Okamoto, T Kotaka, N Hasegawa, A Usuki, Polymer
42 (2001) 9633
171. X Liu, Q Wu, Polymer 42 (2001) 10013
172. PH Nam, P Maiti, M Okamaoto, T Kotaka, Proceedings Nanocomposites,
Chicago, Illinois, USA, ECM Publication (2001)
173. E Manias, A Touny, L Wu, B Lu, K Strawhecker, JW Gilman, TC Chung,
Polym Mater Sci Eng 82 (2000) 282
174. KH Wang, MH Choi, CM Koo, YS Choi, IJ Chung, Polymer 42 (2001)
9819
175. A Usuki, A Tukigase, M Kato Polymer 43 (2002) 2185
176. CH Davis, LJ Mathias, JW Gilman, DA Schiraldi, JR Shields, P Trulove,
TE Sutto, HC Delong, J Polym Sci Part B Polym Phys 40 (2002) 2661
177. SS Ray, P Maiti, M Okamoto, K Yamada, K Ueda, Macromolecules 35
(2002) 3104
178. SS Ray, K Okamoto, K Yamada, M Okamoto, Nano Lett 2 (2002) 423
179. C-M Chan, J Wu, J-X Li, Y-K Cheung, Polymer 43 (2002) 2981
180. CI Park, OO Park, JG Lim, HJ Kim, Polymer 42 (2001) 7465
181. ZS Petrovic, I Javni, A Waddon, G Banhegyi, J Appl Polym Sci 76 (2000)
133
182. MZ Rong, MQ Zhang, YX Zheng, HM Zeng, R Walter, K Friedrich,
Polymer 42 (2001) 167
183. J-X Li, J Wu, CM Chan, Polymer 41 (2000) 6935
80 Chapter 1
184. A Tidjani, CA Wilkie, Polym Degrad Stab 74 (2001) 33.
185. Q Huaili, Z Chungui, Z Shimin, C Guangming, Y Mingshu, Polym Degrad
Stab 81 (2003) 497
186. M Zanetti, P Bracco, L Costa, Polym Degrad Stab 85 (2004) 657
187. AAS Curvelo, AJF De Carvalho, JAM Agnelli, Carbohydr Polym 45 (2001)
183
188. HM Park, X Lee, CZ Jin, CY Park, WJ Cho, CS Ha, Macromol Mater Eng
287 (2002) 533
189. RC Willemse, Material GreenTech 2002, Amsterdam, The Netherlands
(2002)
190. P Nadege, M Alexandre, P Degee, C Calberg, R Jerome, Cloots R, e-
Polymers (2001) 09
191. X Zheng, CA Wilkie, Polym Degrad Stab 82 (2003) 441
192. P Aranda, E Ruiz-Hitzky, Chem Mater 4 (1992) 1395
193. DJ Greenland, J Colloid Sci 18 (1963) 647
194. CW Francis, Soil Sci 115 (1973) 40
195. X Zhao, K Urano, S Ogasawara, Colloid Polym Sci 267 (1989) 899
196. G Jimenez, N Ogata, H Kawai, T Ogihara, J Appl Polym Sci 64 (1997) 2211
197. N Ogata, G Jimenez, H Kawai, T Ogihara, J Polym Sci Part B Polym Phys
35 (1997) 389
198. M Kawasumi, N Hasegawa, A Usuki, A Okada, Mater Sci Eng C 6 (1998) 135
199. HG Jeon, HT Jung, SW Lee, SD Hudson, Polym Bull 41 (1998) 107
200. J Wu, MM Lerner, Chem Mater 5 (1993) 835
201. HJ Choi, SG Kim, YH Hyun, MS Jhon, Macromol Rapid Commun 22
(2001) 320
![Page 81: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/81.jpg)
Introduction 81
202. YH Hyun, ST Lim, HJ Choi, MS Jhon, Macromolecules 34 (2001) 8084
203. SK Lim, JW Kim, I Chin, YK Kwon, HJ Choi, Chem Mater 14 (2002) 1989
204. SD Burnside, EP Giannelis, Chem Mater 7 (1995) 1597
205. K Yano, A Usuki, A Okada, J Polym Sci Part A Polym Chem 35 (1997)
2289
206. R Magaraphan, W Lilayuthalert, A Sirivat, JW Schwank, Compos Sci
Technol 61 (2001) 1253
207. N Ogata, G Jimenez, H Kawai, T Ogihara, J Polym Sci Part B Polym Phys
35 (1997) 389
208. KE Strawhecker, E Manias, Chem Mater 12 (2000) 2943
209. A Wheeler, US Pat 2847 (1958) 391
210. N Ogata, S Kawakage, T Ogihara, J Appl Polym Sci 66 (1997) 573
211. J Ren, AS Silva, R Krishnamoorti, Macromolecules 33 (2000) 3739
212. CA Mitchell, R Krishnamoorti, J Polym Sci Part B Polym Phys 40 (2002)
1434
213. CJG Plummer, L Garamszegi, Y Leterrier, M Rodlert, JAE Manson, Chem
Mater 14 (2002) 486
214. PHT Vollenberg, D Heikens, Polymer 30 (1989) 1656
215. JK Pandey, RP Singh, Starch/Starke, 2004, in press.
216. HC Lee, TW Lee, YT Lim, OO Park, Appl Clay Sci 21 (2002) 287
217. A Blumstein, J Polym Sci A 3 (1965) 2665
218. BKG Theng, Formation and properties of clay–polymer complexes,
Elsevier, Amsterdam (1979)
82 Chapter 1
219. A Okada, M Kawasumi, A Usuki, Y Kojima, T Kurauchi, O Kamigaito, In:
DW Schaefer, JE Mark, editors, MRS Symposium Proceedings,
Pittsburgh, 171 (1990) 45
220. A Usuki, M Kawasumi, Y Kojima, A Okada, T Kurauchi, O Kamigaito, J
Mater Res 8 (1993) 1174
221. A Usuki, Y Kojima, M Kawasumi, A Okada, Y Fukushima, T Kurauchi, O
Kamigaito, J Mater Res 8 (1993) 1179
222. Y Kojima, A Usuki, M Kawasumi, A Okada, T Kurauchi, O Kamigaito, J
Polym Sci Part A Polym Chem 31 (1993) 1755
223. P Reichert, J Kressler, R Thomann, R Mulhaupt, G Stoppelmann, Acta
Polym 49 (1998) 116
224. PB Messersmith, EP Giannelis, Chem Mater 5 (1993) 1064
225. B Lepoittevin, N Pantoustier, M Devalckenaere, M Alexandre, D Kubies, C
Calderg, R Jerome, P Dubois, Macromolecules 35 (2002) 8385
226. Z Wang, TJ Pinnavaia, Chem Mater 10 (1998) 3769
227. TK Chen, YI Tien, KH Wei, J Polym Sci Part A Polym Chem 37 (1999)
2225
228. KJ Yao, M Song, DJ Hourston, DZ Luo, Polymer 43 (2002) 1017
229. M Okamoto, S Morita, H Taguchi, YH Kim, T Kotaka, H Tateyama,
Polymer 41 (2000) 3887
230. M Okamoto, S Morita, T Kotaka, Polymer 42 (2001) 2685
231. J Tudor, L Willington, D O’Hare, B Royan, Chem Commun (1996) 2031
232. T Sun, JM Garces, Adv Mater 14 (2002) 128
233. JS Bergman, H Chen, EP Giannelis, MG Thomas, GW Coates, J Chem
Soc Chem Commun 21 (1999) 2179
234. Y-H Jin, H-J Park, S-S Im, S-Y Kwak, S Kwak, Macromol Rapid Commun
23 (2002) 135
![Page 82: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/82.jpg)
Introduction 81
202. YH Hyun, ST Lim, HJ Choi, MS Jhon, Macromolecules 34 (2001) 8084
203. SK Lim, JW Kim, I Chin, YK Kwon, HJ Choi, Chem Mater 14 (2002) 1989
204. SD Burnside, EP Giannelis, Chem Mater 7 (1995) 1597
205. K Yano, A Usuki, A Okada, J Polym Sci Part A Polym Chem 35 (1997)
2289
206. R Magaraphan, W Lilayuthalert, A Sirivat, JW Schwank, Compos Sci
Technol 61 (2001) 1253
207. N Ogata, G Jimenez, H Kawai, T Ogihara, J Polym Sci Part B Polym Phys
35 (1997) 389
208. KE Strawhecker, E Manias, Chem Mater 12 (2000) 2943
209. A Wheeler, US Pat 2847 (1958) 391
210. N Ogata, S Kawakage, T Ogihara, J Appl Polym Sci 66 (1997) 573
211. J Ren, AS Silva, R Krishnamoorti, Macromolecules 33 (2000) 3739
212. CA Mitchell, R Krishnamoorti, J Polym Sci Part B Polym Phys 40 (2002)
1434
213. CJG Plummer, L Garamszegi, Y Leterrier, M Rodlert, JAE Manson, Chem
Mater 14 (2002) 486
214. PHT Vollenberg, D Heikens, Polymer 30 (1989) 1656
215. JK Pandey, RP Singh, Starch/Starke, 2004, in press.
216. HC Lee, TW Lee, YT Lim, OO Park, Appl Clay Sci 21 (2002) 287
217. A Blumstein, J Polym Sci A 3 (1965) 2665
218. BKG Theng, Formation and properties of clay–polymer complexes,
Elsevier, Amsterdam (1979)
82 Chapter 1
219. A Okada, M Kawasumi, A Usuki, Y Kojima, T Kurauchi, O Kamigaito, In:
DW Schaefer, JE Mark, editors, MRS Symposium Proceedings,
Pittsburgh, 171 (1990) 45
220. A Usuki, M Kawasumi, Y Kojima, A Okada, T Kurauchi, O Kamigaito, J
Mater Res 8 (1993) 1174
221. A Usuki, Y Kojima, M Kawasumi, A Okada, Y Fukushima, T Kurauchi, O
Kamigaito, J Mater Res 8 (1993) 1179
222. Y Kojima, A Usuki, M Kawasumi, A Okada, T Kurauchi, O Kamigaito, J
Polym Sci Part A Polym Chem 31 (1993) 1755
223. P Reichert, J Kressler, R Thomann, R Mulhaupt, G Stoppelmann, Acta
Polym 49 (1998) 116
224. PB Messersmith, EP Giannelis, Chem Mater 5 (1993) 1064
225. B Lepoittevin, N Pantoustier, M Devalckenaere, M Alexandre, D Kubies, C
Calderg, R Jerome, P Dubois, Macromolecules 35 (2002) 8385
226. Z Wang, TJ Pinnavaia, Chem Mater 10 (1998) 3769
227. TK Chen, YI Tien, KH Wei, J Polym Sci Part A Polym Chem 37 (1999)
2225
228. KJ Yao, M Song, DJ Hourston, DZ Luo, Polymer 43 (2002) 1017
229. M Okamoto, S Morita, H Taguchi, YH Kim, T Kotaka, H Tateyama,
Polymer 41 (2000) 3887
230. M Okamoto, S Morita, T Kotaka, Polymer 42 (2001) 2685
231. J Tudor, L Willington, D O’Hare, B Royan, Chem Commun (1996) 2031
232. T Sun, JM Garces, Adv Mater 14 (2002) 128
233. JS Bergman, H Chen, EP Giannelis, MG Thomas, GW Coates, J Chem
Soc Chem Commun 21 (1999) 2179
234. Y-H Jin, H-J Park, S-S Im, S-Y Kwak, S Kwak, Macromol Rapid Commun
23 (2002) 135
![Page 83: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/83.jpg)
Introduction 83
235. M Alexandre, P Dubois, T Sun, JM Graces, R Jerome, Polymer 43 (2002)
2123
236. J Heinemann, P Reichert, R Thomson, R Mulhaupt, Macromol Rapid
Commun 20 (1999) 423
237. TY Tsai, Polyethylene terephthalate–clay nanocomposites, In: TJ
Pinnavaia, GW Beall, editors, Polymer–clay nanocomposites, Wiley
(2000) 173
238. CH Davis, LJ Mathias, JW Gilman, DA Schiraldi, JR Shields, P Trulove,
TE Sutto, HC Delong, J Polym Sci Part B Polym Phys 40 (2002) 2661
239. Y Imai, S Nishimura, E Abe, H Tateyama, A Abiko, A Yamaguchi, T
Aoyama, H Taguchi, Chem Mater 14 (2002) 477
240. PB Messersmith, EP Giannelis, Chem Mater 6 (1994) 1719
241. T Lan, TJ Pinnavaia, Chem Mater 6 (1994) 2216
242. MS Wang, TJ Pinnavaia, Chem Mater 6 (1994) 468
243. Z Wang, T Lan, TJ Pinnavaia, Chem Mater 8 (1996) 2200
244. C Zilg, R Mulhaupt, J Finter, Macromol Chem Phys 200 (1999) 661
245. X Kornmann, R Thomann, R Mulhaupt, J Finter, LA Berglund, Polym Eng
Sci 42 (2002) 1815
246. F Yang, Y Ou, Z Yu, J Appl Polym Sci 69 (1998) 355
247. BJ Ash, J Stone, DF Rogers, LS Schadler, RW Siegel, BC Benicewicz, T
Apple, Mater Res Soc Symp Proc 661 (2000) 1211
248. BJ Ash, LS Schadler, RW Siegel, Mater Lett 55 (2002) 83
249. RW Siegel, SK Chang, BJ Ash, J Stone, PM Ajayan, RW Doremus, LS
Schadler, Scr Mater 44 (2001) 2061
250. J Rong, Z Jing, H Li, M Sheng, Macromol Rapid Commun 22 (2001) 329
251. PB Messersmith, EP Giannelis, J Polym Sci A Polym Chem 33 (1995) 1047
84 Chapter 1
252. F Gao, J Mater Sci Lett 20 (2001) 1807
253. P Musto, Polymer 45 (2004) 1697
254. Y Kojima, A Usuki, M Kawasumi, A Okada, Y Fukushima, T Kurauchi, O
Kamigaito, J Mater Res 8 (1993) 1185
255. LM Liu, ZN Qi, XG Zhu, J Appl Polym Sci 71 (1999) 1133
256. P Reichert, H Nitz, S Klinke, R Brandsch, R Thomann, R Mulhaupt,
Macromol Mater Eng 275 (2000) 8
257. SS Ray, K Yamada, M Okamoto, K Ueda, Polymer 44 (2003) 857
258. C-M Chan, J Wu, J-X Li, Y-K Cheung, Polymer 43 (2002) 2981
259. JS Shelley, PT Mather, KL DeVries, Polymer 42 (2001) 5849
260. K Masenelli-Varlot, E Reynaud, G Vigier, J Varlet, J Polym Sci B Polym
Phys 40 (2002) 272
261. B Cotterell, JYH Chia, K Hbaieb, Eng Fracture Mech 74 (2007) 1054
262. IA Guz, AA Rodger, AN Guz, JJ Rushchitsky, Compos Part A 38 (2007)
1234
263. YQ Rao, JM Pochan, Macromolecules 40 (2007) 290
264. W Dong, X Zhang, Y Liu, H Gui, Q Wang, J Gao, Z Song, J Lai, F Huang,
J Qiao, Polym Int (in press)
265. VE Yudin, JU Otaigbe, S Gladchenko, BG Olson, S Nazarenko, EN
Korytkova, VV Gusarov, Polymer 48 (2007) 1306
266. M Avella, M E Errico, G Gentile, Macromol Symp 247 (2007) 140
267. DPN Vlasveld, W Daud, HEN Bersee, SJ Picken, Compos Part A 38
(2007) 730
268. H Akita, T Hattori, J Polym Sci B Polym Phys 37 (1999) 189
269. H Akita, H Kobayashi, J Polym Sci B Polym Phys 37 (1999) 209
![Page 84: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/84.jpg)
Introduction 83
235. M Alexandre, P Dubois, T Sun, JM Graces, R Jerome, Polymer 43 (2002)
2123
236. J Heinemann, P Reichert, R Thomson, R Mulhaupt, Macromol Rapid
Commun 20 (1999) 423
237. TY Tsai, Polyethylene terephthalate–clay nanocomposites, In: TJ
Pinnavaia, GW Beall, editors, Polymer–clay nanocomposites, Wiley
(2000) 173
238. CH Davis, LJ Mathias, JW Gilman, DA Schiraldi, JR Shields, P Trulove,
TE Sutto, HC Delong, J Polym Sci Part B Polym Phys 40 (2002) 2661
239. Y Imai, S Nishimura, E Abe, H Tateyama, A Abiko, A Yamaguchi, T
Aoyama, H Taguchi, Chem Mater 14 (2002) 477
240. PB Messersmith, EP Giannelis, Chem Mater 6 (1994) 1719
241. T Lan, TJ Pinnavaia, Chem Mater 6 (1994) 2216
242. MS Wang, TJ Pinnavaia, Chem Mater 6 (1994) 468
243. Z Wang, T Lan, TJ Pinnavaia, Chem Mater 8 (1996) 2200
244. C Zilg, R Mulhaupt, J Finter, Macromol Chem Phys 200 (1999) 661
245. X Kornmann, R Thomann, R Mulhaupt, J Finter, LA Berglund, Polym Eng
Sci 42 (2002) 1815
246. F Yang, Y Ou, Z Yu, J Appl Polym Sci 69 (1998) 355
247. BJ Ash, J Stone, DF Rogers, LS Schadler, RW Siegel, BC Benicewicz, T
Apple, Mater Res Soc Symp Proc 661 (2000) 1211
248. BJ Ash, LS Schadler, RW Siegel, Mater Lett 55 (2002) 83
249. RW Siegel, SK Chang, BJ Ash, J Stone, PM Ajayan, RW Doremus, LS
Schadler, Scr Mater 44 (2001) 2061
250. J Rong, Z Jing, H Li, M Sheng, Macromol Rapid Commun 22 (2001) 329
251. PB Messersmith, EP Giannelis, J Polym Sci A Polym Chem 33 (1995) 1047
84 Chapter 1
252. F Gao, J Mater Sci Lett 20 (2001) 1807
253. P Musto, Polymer 45 (2004) 1697
254. Y Kojima, A Usuki, M Kawasumi, A Okada, Y Fukushima, T Kurauchi, O
Kamigaito, J Mater Res 8 (1993) 1185
255. LM Liu, ZN Qi, XG Zhu, J Appl Polym Sci 71 (1999) 1133
256. P Reichert, H Nitz, S Klinke, R Brandsch, R Thomann, R Mulhaupt,
Macromol Mater Eng 275 (2000) 8
257. SS Ray, K Yamada, M Okamoto, K Ueda, Polymer 44 (2003) 857
258. C-M Chan, J Wu, J-X Li, Y-K Cheung, Polymer 43 (2002) 2981
259. JS Shelley, PT Mather, KL DeVries, Polymer 42 (2001) 5849
260. K Masenelli-Varlot, E Reynaud, G Vigier, J Varlet, J Polym Sci B Polym
Phys 40 (2002) 272
261. B Cotterell, JYH Chia, K Hbaieb, Eng Fracture Mech 74 (2007) 1054
262. IA Guz, AA Rodger, AN Guz, JJ Rushchitsky, Compos Part A 38 (2007)
1234
263. YQ Rao, JM Pochan, Macromolecules 40 (2007) 290
264. W Dong, X Zhang, Y Liu, H Gui, Q Wang, J Gao, Z Song, J Lai, F Huang,
J Qiao, Polym Int (in press)
265. VE Yudin, JU Otaigbe, S Gladchenko, BG Olson, S Nazarenko, EN
Korytkova, VV Gusarov, Polymer 48 (2007) 1306
266. M Avella, M E Errico, G Gentile, Macromol Symp 247 (2007) 140
267. DPN Vlasveld, W Daud, HEN Bersee, SJ Picken, Compos Part A 38
(2007) 730
268. H Akita, T Hattori, J Polym Sci B Polym Phys 37 (1999) 189
269. H Akita, H Kobayashi, J Polym Sci B Polym Phys 37 (1999) 209
![Page 85: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/85.jpg)
Introduction 85
270. H Akita, H Kobayashi, T Hattori, K Kagawa, J Polym Sci B Polym Phys 37
(1999) 199
271. J-H Chang, YU An, J Polym Sci B Polym Phys 40 (2002) 670
272. J Jordan, KI Jacob, R Tannenbaum, MA Sharaf, I Jasiuk, Mater Sci Eng A
393 (2005) 1
273. SS Ray, K Okamoto, M Okamoto, Macromolecules 36 (2003) 2355
274. M Okamoto, PH Nam, N Hasegawa, A Usuki, Macromol Mater Eng
Submitted for publication.
275. L Priya, JP Jog, J Polym Sci B Polym Phys 40 (2002) 1682
276. JH Park, SC Jana, Macromolecules 36 (2003) 2758
277. Y Kojima, A Usuki, M Kawasumi, A Okada, T Kurauchi, O Kamigaito, J
Polym Sci Part A Polym Chem 31 (1993) 983
278. D Acierno, E Amendola, P Russo, Macromol Symp 247 (2007) 156
279. S H Nair, K C Pawar, J P Jog, M V Badiger, J Appl Polym Sci 103 (2007)
2896
280. S Xie, S Zhang, F Wang, H Liu, M Yang, Polym Eng Sci 45 (2005) 1247
281. M Biswas, SS Ray, Adv Polym Sci 155 (2001) 167
282. EP Giannelis, Appl Organomet Chem 12 (1998) 675
283. JW Gilman, Appl Clay Sci 15 (1999) 31
284. GS Sur, HL Sun, SG Lyu, JE Mark, Polymer 42 (2001) 9783
285. JT Yoon, WH Jo, MS Lee, MB Ko, Polymer 42 (2001) 329
286. YT Vu, JE Mark, LH Pham, M Engelhardt, J Appl Polym Sci 82 (2001) 1392
287. C Aymonier, D Bortzmeyer, R Thomann, R Mulhaupt, Chem Mater 15
(2003) 4874
86 Chapter 1
288. M Zanetti, G Camino, P Reichert, R Mulhaupt, Macromol Rapid Commun
22 (2002) 176
289. RD Davis, JW Gilman, DL VanderHart, Polym Degrad Stab 79 (2003) 111
290. KP Pramoda, L Tianxi, L Zhehui, H Chaobin, S Hung-Jue, Polym Degrad
Stab 81 (2003) 47
291. JW Gilman, T Kashiwagi, JET Brown, S Lomakin, SAMPE J 33 (1997) 40
292. JX Du, DY Wang, CA Wilkie, JQ Wang, Polym Degrad Stab 79 (2003) 319
293. D Acierno, E Amendola, G Callegaro, G Napolitano, Macromol Symp 247
(2007) 120
294. S Varghese, J Karger-Kocsis, KG Gatos, Polymer 44 (2003) 3977
295. A Harrane, M Belbachir, Macromol Symp 247 (2007) 379
296. D Lee, K Char, Polym Degrad Stab 75 (2002) 555
297. A Gu, G Liang, Polym Degrad Stab 80 (2003) 383
298. TJ Pinnavaia, GW Beall, Polymer clay nanocomposites, Chichester/New
York, Wiley, (2000) 158
299. S Fujiwara, T Sakamoto, Kokai patent application, SHO511976-109998
(1976)
300. F Dabrowski, ML Bras, S Bourbigot, JW Gilman, T Kashiwagi,
Proceedings of the Euro- fillers’99, Lyon-Villeurbanne, France (1999)
301. S Bourbigot, M LeBras, F Dabrowski, JW Gilman, T Kashiwagi, Fire Mater
24 (2000) 201
302. JW Gilman, CL Jackson, AB Morgan, R Harris Jr, E Manias, EP Giannelis,
M Wuthenow, D Hilton, SH Phillips, Chem Mater 12 (2000) 1866
303. B Schartel, M Bartholmai, U Knoll, Polym Adv Technol 17 (2006) 772
304. R Zong, Y Hu, N Liu, S Li, G Liao, J Appl Polym Sci 104 (2007) 2297
305. R Barbosa, EM Araújo, TJA Melo, EN Ito, Mater Lett (in press)
![Page 86: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/86.jpg)
Introduction 85
270. H Akita, H Kobayashi, T Hattori, K Kagawa, J Polym Sci B Polym Phys 37
(1999) 199
271. J-H Chang, YU An, J Polym Sci B Polym Phys 40 (2002) 670
272. J Jordan, KI Jacob, R Tannenbaum, MA Sharaf, I Jasiuk, Mater Sci Eng A
393 (2005) 1
273. SS Ray, K Okamoto, M Okamoto, Macromolecules 36 (2003) 2355
274. M Okamoto, PH Nam, N Hasegawa, A Usuki, Macromol Mater Eng
Submitted for publication.
275. L Priya, JP Jog, J Polym Sci B Polym Phys 40 (2002) 1682
276. JH Park, SC Jana, Macromolecules 36 (2003) 2758
277. Y Kojima, A Usuki, M Kawasumi, A Okada, T Kurauchi, O Kamigaito, J
Polym Sci Part A Polym Chem 31 (1993) 983
278. D Acierno, E Amendola, P Russo, Macromol Symp 247 (2007) 156
279. S H Nair, K C Pawar, J P Jog, M V Badiger, J Appl Polym Sci 103 (2007)
2896
280. S Xie, S Zhang, F Wang, H Liu, M Yang, Polym Eng Sci 45 (2005) 1247
281. M Biswas, SS Ray, Adv Polym Sci 155 (2001) 167
282. EP Giannelis, Appl Organomet Chem 12 (1998) 675
283. JW Gilman, Appl Clay Sci 15 (1999) 31
284. GS Sur, HL Sun, SG Lyu, JE Mark, Polymer 42 (2001) 9783
285. JT Yoon, WH Jo, MS Lee, MB Ko, Polymer 42 (2001) 329
286. YT Vu, JE Mark, LH Pham, M Engelhardt, J Appl Polym Sci 82 (2001) 1392
287. C Aymonier, D Bortzmeyer, R Thomann, R Mulhaupt, Chem Mater 15
(2003) 4874
86 Chapter 1
288. M Zanetti, G Camino, P Reichert, R Mulhaupt, Macromol Rapid Commun
22 (2002) 176
289. RD Davis, JW Gilman, DL VanderHart, Polym Degrad Stab 79 (2003) 111
290. KP Pramoda, L Tianxi, L Zhehui, H Chaobin, S Hung-Jue, Polym Degrad
Stab 81 (2003) 47
291. JW Gilman, T Kashiwagi, JET Brown, S Lomakin, SAMPE J 33 (1997) 40
292. JX Du, DY Wang, CA Wilkie, JQ Wang, Polym Degrad Stab 79 (2003) 319
293. D Acierno, E Amendola, G Callegaro, G Napolitano, Macromol Symp 247
(2007) 120
294. S Varghese, J Karger-Kocsis, KG Gatos, Polymer 44 (2003) 3977
295. A Harrane, M Belbachir, Macromol Symp 247 (2007) 379
296. D Lee, K Char, Polym Degrad Stab 75 (2002) 555
297. A Gu, G Liang, Polym Degrad Stab 80 (2003) 383
298. TJ Pinnavaia, GW Beall, Polymer clay nanocomposites, Chichester/New
York, Wiley, (2000) 158
299. S Fujiwara, T Sakamoto, Kokai patent application, SHO511976-109998
(1976)
300. F Dabrowski, ML Bras, S Bourbigot, JW Gilman, T Kashiwagi,
Proceedings of the Euro- fillers’99, Lyon-Villeurbanne, France (1999)
301. S Bourbigot, M LeBras, F Dabrowski, JW Gilman, T Kashiwagi, Fire Mater
24 (2000) 201
302. JW Gilman, CL Jackson, AB Morgan, R Harris Jr, E Manias, EP Giannelis,
M Wuthenow, D Hilton, SH Phillips, Chem Mater 12 (2000) 1866
303. B Schartel, M Bartholmai, U Knoll, Polym Adv Technol 17 (2006) 772
304. R Zong, Y Hu, N Liu, S Li, G Liao, J Appl Polym Sci 104 (2007) 2297
305. R Barbosa, EM Araújo, TJA Melo, EN Ito, Mater Lett (in press)
![Page 87: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/87.jpg)
Introduction 87
306. S Zhang, TR Hull, AR Horrocks, G Smart, BK Kandola, J Ebdon, P
Joseph, B Hunt, Polym Degrad Stab xx (2007) 1
307. G Guo, CB Park, YH Lee, YS Kim, M Sain, Polym Eng Sci 47 (2007) 330
308. K Yano, A Usuki, A Okada, T Kurauchi, O Kamigaito, J Polym Sci Part A
Polym Chem 31 (1993) 2493
309. K Yano, A Usuki, A Okada, T Kurauchi, O Kamigaito, Polym Prepr (Jpn)
32 (1991) 65
310. SS Ray, K Yamada, M Okamoto, A Ogami, K Ueda, Chem Mater 15
(2003) 1456
311. R Xu, E Manias, AJ Snyder, J Runt, Macromolecules 34 (2001) 337
312. RK Bharadwaj, Macromolecules 34 (2001) 1989
313. Y Lu, RC Larock, Biomacromolecules 7 (2006) 2692
314. T Ogasawara, Y Ishida, T Ishikawa, T Aoki, T Ogura, Compos Part A 37
(2006) 2236
315. E Picard, A Vermogen, J-F G´erard, E Espuche, J Memb Sci (2007) in
press
316. E Picard, H Gauthier, J-F Gérard, E Espuche, J Colloid Interface Sci 307
(2007) 364
317. C M Small, G M McNally, P McShane, IKenny, J Vinyl Addit Technol 13
(2007) 46
318. V Vladimirov, C Betchev, A Vassiliou, G Papageorgiou, D Bikiaris,
Compos Sci Technol 66 (2006) 2935
319. P Maiti, AB Carl, EP Giannelis, Polym Mater Sci Eng 88 (2003) 59
320. Y Deng, A Gu, Z Fang, Polym Int 53 (2004) 85
321. C Guan, C-L Lu, Y-F Liu, B Yang, J Appl Polym Sci 102 (2006) 1631
88 Chapter 1
322. A Rahimi, S Gharazi, A Ershad-Langroudi, D Ghasemi, J Appl Polym Sci
102 (2006) 5322
323. Y Peneva, E Tashev, L Minkova, Eur Polym J 42 (2006) 2228
324. W Chen, L Feng, B Qu, Solid State Commun 130 (2004) 259
325. K Asuka, B Liu, M Terano, Ki Nitta, Macromol Rapid Commun 27 (2006) 910
326. T Wang, CH Lei, AB Dalton, C Creton, Y Lin, KAS Fernando, YP Sun, M
Manea, JM Asua, JL Keddie, Adv Mater 18 (2006) 2730
327. JLH Chau, YM Lin, AK Li, WF Su, KS Chang, SLC Hsu, TL Li, Mater Lett
(in press)
328. JA Tetto, DM Steeves, EA Welsh, BE Powell, ANTEC (1999) 1628
329. SR Lee, HM Park, HL Lim, T Kang, X Li, WJ Cho, CS Ha, Polymer 43
(2002) 2495
330. SS Ray, K Yamada, M Okamoto, K Ueda, Nano Lett 2 (2002) 1093
331. SS Ray, M Okamoto, Macromol Mater Eng 288 (2003) 936
332. TM Wu, CY Wu, Polym Degrad Stab 91 (2006) 2198
333. U Hiroshi, K Mai, T Takashi, N Mitsuru, U Arimitsu, K Shiro, Chem Mater
15 (2003) 2492
334. SS Ray, K Okamoto, P Maiti, M Okamoto, J Nanosci Nanotechnol (2002)
2171
335. A Ammala, AJ Hill, KA Lawrence, T Tran, J Appl Polym Sci 104 (2007)
1377
336. R Krishnamoorti, EP Giannelis, Macromolecules 30 (1997) 4097
337. G Galgali, C Ramesh, A Lele, Macromolecules 34 (2001) 852
338. JW Kim, SG Kim, HJ Choi, MS Jhon, Macromol Rapid Commun 20 (1999) 450
339. RA Vaia, G Price, PN Ruth, HT Nguyen, J Lichtenhan, Appl Clay Sci 15
(1999) 67
![Page 88: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/88.jpg)
Introduction 87
306. S Zhang, TR Hull, AR Horrocks, G Smart, BK Kandola, J Ebdon, P
Joseph, B Hunt, Polym Degrad Stab xx (2007) 1
307. G Guo, CB Park, YH Lee, YS Kim, M Sain, Polym Eng Sci 47 (2007) 330
308. K Yano, A Usuki, A Okada, T Kurauchi, O Kamigaito, J Polym Sci Part A
Polym Chem 31 (1993) 2493
309. K Yano, A Usuki, A Okada, T Kurauchi, O Kamigaito, Polym Prepr (Jpn)
32 (1991) 65
310. SS Ray, K Yamada, M Okamoto, A Ogami, K Ueda, Chem Mater 15
(2003) 1456
311. R Xu, E Manias, AJ Snyder, J Runt, Macromolecules 34 (2001) 337
312. RK Bharadwaj, Macromolecules 34 (2001) 1989
313. Y Lu, RC Larock, Biomacromolecules 7 (2006) 2692
314. T Ogasawara, Y Ishida, T Ishikawa, T Aoki, T Ogura, Compos Part A 37
(2006) 2236
315. E Picard, A Vermogen, J-F G´erard, E Espuche, J Memb Sci (2007) in
press
316. E Picard, H Gauthier, J-F Gérard, E Espuche, J Colloid Interface Sci 307
(2007) 364
317. C M Small, G M McNally, P McShane, IKenny, J Vinyl Addit Technol 13
(2007) 46
318. V Vladimirov, C Betchev, A Vassiliou, G Papageorgiou, D Bikiaris,
Compos Sci Technol 66 (2006) 2935
319. P Maiti, AB Carl, EP Giannelis, Polym Mater Sci Eng 88 (2003) 59
320. Y Deng, A Gu, Z Fang, Polym Int 53 (2004) 85
321. C Guan, C-L Lu, Y-F Liu, B Yang, J Appl Polym Sci 102 (2006) 1631
88 Chapter 1
322. A Rahimi, S Gharazi, A Ershad-Langroudi, D Ghasemi, J Appl Polym Sci
102 (2006) 5322
323. Y Peneva, E Tashev, L Minkova, Eur Polym J 42 (2006) 2228
324. W Chen, L Feng, B Qu, Solid State Commun 130 (2004) 259
325. K Asuka, B Liu, M Terano, Ki Nitta, Macromol Rapid Commun 27 (2006) 910
326. T Wang, CH Lei, AB Dalton, C Creton, Y Lin, KAS Fernando, YP Sun, M
Manea, JM Asua, JL Keddie, Adv Mater 18 (2006) 2730
327. JLH Chau, YM Lin, AK Li, WF Su, KS Chang, SLC Hsu, TL Li, Mater Lett
(in press)
328. JA Tetto, DM Steeves, EA Welsh, BE Powell, ANTEC (1999) 1628
329. SR Lee, HM Park, HL Lim, T Kang, X Li, WJ Cho, CS Ha, Polymer 43
(2002) 2495
330. SS Ray, K Yamada, M Okamoto, K Ueda, Nano Lett 2 (2002) 1093
331. SS Ray, M Okamoto, Macromol Mater Eng 288 (2003) 936
332. TM Wu, CY Wu, Polym Degrad Stab 91 (2006) 2198
333. U Hiroshi, K Mai, T Takashi, N Mitsuru, U Arimitsu, K Shiro, Chem Mater
15 (2003) 2492
334. SS Ray, K Okamoto, P Maiti, M Okamoto, J Nanosci Nanotechnol (2002)
2171
335. A Ammala, AJ Hill, KA Lawrence, T Tran, J Appl Polym Sci 104 (2007)
1377
336. R Krishnamoorti, EP Giannelis, Macromolecules 30 (1997) 4097
337. G Galgali, C Ramesh, A Lele, Macromolecules 34 (2001) 852
338. JW Kim, SG Kim, HJ Choi, MS Jhon, Macromol Rapid Commun 20 (1999) 450
339. RA Vaia, G Price, PN Ruth, HT Nguyen, J Lichtenhan, Appl Clay Sci 15
(1999) 67
![Page 89: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/89.jpg)
Introduction 89
340. MA Soto-Oviedo, OA Araujo, R Faez, MC Rezende, MA De Paoli, Synth
Metals 156 (2006) 1249
341. A Sorrentino, G Gorrasi, V Vittoria, Trends in Food Sci & Technol 18
(2007) 84
342. HJ Glasel, E Hartmann, L Wennrich, T Hoche, M R Buchmeiser,
Macromol Mater Eng 292 (2007) 70
343. G Hidden, L Boudou, J Martinez-Vega, S Remaury, P Nabarra, Polym
Eng Sci 46 (2006) 1079
344. E Barna, B Bommer, J Kursteiner, A Vital, O Trzebiatowski, W Koch, B
Schmid, T Graule, Compos Part A 36 (2005) 473
345. YQ Li, SY Fu, YW Mai, Polymer 47 (2006) 2127
346. O Becker, RJ Varley, J Simon, Eur Polym J 40 (2004) 187
347. Auto applications of drive commercialization of nanocomposites. Plastic
Additives & Compounding (2002) 30
348. T Patterson, 4th World Congress in Nanocomposites, EMC, San
Francisco (2004)
349. AY Goldman, CJ Copsey, 4th World Congress in Nanocomposites, EMC,
San Francisco (2004)
350. R Conway, The Future of Nanomaterials Conference, Pira, Birmingham
(2004)
351. J Radford, The Future of Nanomaterials Conference, Pira, Birmingham
(2004)
352. G Chen, Y Ma, Z Qi, Script Mater 44 (2001) 125
353. J Zhu, C A Wilkie, Polym Int 49 (2000) 1158
354. E Giannelis, Adv Mater 8 (1996) 29
355. CR Tseng, JY Wu, HY Lee, FC Chang, Polymer 42 (2001) 10063
90 Chapter 1
356. QH Zeng, DZ Wang, AB Yu, GQ Lu, Nanotechnology 13 (2002) 549
357. A Akelah, Polystyrene/clay nanocomposites, PN Prasad, JE Mark, FJ Ting
editors Polymers and other advanced materials. Emerging technologies
and business opportunities, New York, Plenum Press (1995) 625
358. A Akelah, M Moet, J Mater Sci 31 (1996) 3589
359. JG Doh, I Cho, Polym Bull 41(1998) 511
360. MW Weimer, H Chen, EP Giannelis, DY Sogah, J Am Chem Soc 121
(1999) 1615
361. J Zhu, AB Morgan, FJ Lamelas, CA Wilkie, Chem Mater 13 (2001) 3774
362. CA Mitchell, JL Bahr, S Arepalli, JM Tour, R Krishnamoorti,
Macromolecules 35 (2002), 8825
363. JW Gilman, WH Awad, RD Davis, J Shields, RH Harris Jr, C Davis, AB
Morgan, TE Sutto, J Callahan, PC Trulove, HC DeLong, Chem Mater 14
(2002) 3776
364. S Su, CA Wilkie, J Polym Sci Part A: Polym Chem 41 (2003) 1124
365. JW Gilman, T Ksahiwagi, EP Giannelis, E Manias, S Lomakin, JD
Lichtenhan, P Jones, Flammability properties of polymer-layered silicate
nanocomposites, S Al-Malaika, A Golovoy, CA Wilkie, editors, Chemistry
and technology of polymer additives, Oxford, Blackwell Science (1999)
[Chapter 14]
366. B Hoffmann, C Dietrich, R Thomann, C Friedrich, R Mulhaupt, Macromol
Rapid Commun 21 (2000) 57
367. CR Tseng, JY Wu, HY Lee, FC Chang, J Appl Polym Sci 85 (2002) 1370
368. J Zhao, AB Morgan, JD Harris, Polymer 46 (2005) 8641
369. Z Wang, H Pang, G Li, Z Zhang, J Macromol Sci Part B: Phys 45 (2006) 689
370. Y Zhong, Z Zhu, SQ Wang, Polymer 46 (2005) 3006
371. M Sepehr, LA Utracki, X Zheng, CA Wilkie, Polymer 46 (2005) 11569
![Page 90: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/90.jpg)
Introduction 89
340. MA Soto-Oviedo, OA Araujo, R Faez, MC Rezende, MA De Paoli, Synth
Metals 156 (2006) 1249
341. A Sorrentino, G Gorrasi, V Vittoria, Trends in Food Sci & Technol 18
(2007) 84
342. HJ Glasel, E Hartmann, L Wennrich, T Hoche, M R Buchmeiser,
Macromol Mater Eng 292 (2007) 70
343. G Hidden, L Boudou, J Martinez-Vega, S Remaury, P Nabarra, Polym
Eng Sci 46 (2006) 1079
344. E Barna, B Bommer, J Kursteiner, A Vital, O Trzebiatowski, W Koch, B
Schmid, T Graule, Compos Part A 36 (2005) 473
345. YQ Li, SY Fu, YW Mai, Polymer 47 (2006) 2127
346. O Becker, RJ Varley, J Simon, Eur Polym J 40 (2004) 187
347. Auto applications of drive commercialization of nanocomposites. Plastic
Additives & Compounding (2002) 30
348. T Patterson, 4th World Congress in Nanocomposites, EMC, San
Francisco (2004)
349. AY Goldman, CJ Copsey, 4th World Congress in Nanocomposites, EMC,
San Francisco (2004)
350. R Conway, The Future of Nanomaterials Conference, Pira, Birmingham
(2004)
351. J Radford, The Future of Nanomaterials Conference, Pira, Birmingham
(2004)
352. G Chen, Y Ma, Z Qi, Script Mater 44 (2001) 125
353. J Zhu, C A Wilkie, Polym Int 49 (2000) 1158
354. E Giannelis, Adv Mater 8 (1996) 29
355. CR Tseng, JY Wu, HY Lee, FC Chang, Polymer 42 (2001) 10063
90 Chapter 1
356. QH Zeng, DZ Wang, AB Yu, GQ Lu, Nanotechnology 13 (2002) 549
357. A Akelah, Polystyrene/clay nanocomposites, PN Prasad, JE Mark, FJ Ting
editors Polymers and other advanced materials. Emerging technologies
and business opportunities, New York, Plenum Press (1995) 625
358. A Akelah, M Moet, J Mater Sci 31 (1996) 3589
359. JG Doh, I Cho, Polym Bull 41(1998) 511
360. MW Weimer, H Chen, EP Giannelis, DY Sogah, J Am Chem Soc 121
(1999) 1615
361. J Zhu, AB Morgan, FJ Lamelas, CA Wilkie, Chem Mater 13 (2001) 3774
362. CA Mitchell, JL Bahr, S Arepalli, JM Tour, R Krishnamoorti,
Macromolecules 35 (2002), 8825
363. JW Gilman, WH Awad, RD Davis, J Shields, RH Harris Jr, C Davis, AB
Morgan, TE Sutto, J Callahan, PC Trulove, HC DeLong, Chem Mater 14
(2002) 3776
364. S Su, CA Wilkie, J Polym Sci Part A: Polym Chem 41 (2003) 1124
365. JW Gilman, T Ksahiwagi, EP Giannelis, E Manias, S Lomakin, JD
Lichtenhan, P Jones, Flammability properties of polymer-layered silicate
nanocomposites, S Al-Malaika, A Golovoy, CA Wilkie, editors, Chemistry
and technology of polymer additives, Oxford, Blackwell Science (1999)
[Chapter 14]
366. B Hoffmann, C Dietrich, R Thomann, C Friedrich, R Mulhaupt, Macromol
Rapid Commun 21 (2000) 57
367. CR Tseng, JY Wu, HY Lee, FC Chang, J Appl Polym Sci 85 (2002) 1370
368. J Zhao, AB Morgan, JD Harris, Polymer 46 (2005) 8641
369. Z Wang, H Pang, G Li, Z Zhang, J Macromol Sci Part B: Phys 45 (2006) 689
370. Y Zhong, Z Zhu, SQ Wang, Polymer 46 (2005) 3006
371. M Sepehr, LA Utracki, X Zheng, CA Wilkie, Polymer 46 (2005) 11569
![Page 91: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/91.jpg)
Introduction 91
372. Y Wang, J Xu, SE Bechtel, KW Koelling, Rheol Acta 45 (2006) 919
373. JI Sohn, CH Lee, ST Lim, TH Kim, HJ Choi, MS Jhon, J Mater Sci 38
(2003) 1849
374. S Qutubuddin, X Fu, Y Tajuddin, Polym Bull 48 (2002) 143
375. YT Lim, OO Park, Rheol Acta 40 (2001) 220
376. M Xiao, L Sun, J Liu, Y Li, K Gong, Polymer 43 (2002) 2245
377. S Chattopadhyay, A Datta, Synth Metals 155 (2005) 365
378. G Chigwada, D Wang, DD Jiang, CA Wilkie, Polym Degrad Stab 91
(2006) 755
379. X Zheng, CA Wilkie, Polym Degrad Stab 81 (2003) 539
380. WA Zhang, DZ Chen, HY Xu, XF Shen, YE Fang, Eur Polym J 39 (2003)
2323
381. J Zhang, X Wang, L Lu, D Li, X Yang, J Appl Polym Sci 87 (2003) 381
382. MV Burmistr, KM Sukhyy, VV Shilov, P Pissis, A Spanoudaki, IV Sukha,
VI Tomilo, YP Gomza, Polymer 46 (2005) 12226
383. CP Li, CM Huang, MT Hsieh, KH Wei, J Polym Sci Part A: Polym Chem
43 (2005) 534
384. CI Park, WM Choi, MH Kim, OO Park, J Polym Sci Part B: Polym Phys 42
(2004) 1685
385. S Tanoue, LA Utracki, A Garcia-Rejon, J Tatibouet, KC Cole, MR Kamal,
Polym Eng Sci, 44 (2004) 1046
386. S Tanoue, LA Utracki, A Garcia-Rejon, P Sammut, MT Ton-That, I Pesneau,
MR Kamal, J Lyngaae-Jørgensen, Polym Eng Sci, 44 (2004) 1061
387. S Tanoue, LA Utracki, A Garcia-Rejon, J Tatibouet, MR Kamal, Polym
Eng Sci, 45 (2005) 827
92 Chapter 1
388. MJ Chang, JY Tsai, CW Chang, HM Chang, GJ Jiang, J Appl Polym Sci
103 (2007) 3680
389. YT Lim, OO Park, Macromol Rapid Commun 21 (2000) 231
390. SD Argoti, S Reeder, H Zhao, DA Shipp, Polym Prepr 43 (2002) 267
391. H Zhao, SD Argoti, BP Farrell, DA Shipp, J Polym Sci Part A: Polym
Chem 42 (2004) 916
392. JW Gilman, S Bourbigot, JR Shields, M Nyden, T Kashiwagi, RD Davis,
DL Vanderhart, W Demory, CA Wilkie, AB Morgan, J Harris, RE Lyon, J
Mater Sci 38 (2003) 4451
393. P Badheka, V Magadala, NG Devaraju, BI Lee, ES Kim, J Appl Polym Sci
99 (2006) 2815
394. O Morales-Teyssier, S Sanchez-Valdes, LF Ramos-de Valle, Macromol
Mater Eng 291 (2006) 1547
395. M Mukherjee, N Deshmukh, SK Kulkarni, Appl Surface Sci 218 (2003) 323
396. FA Bottino, E Fabbri, IL Fragala, G Malandrino, A Orestano, F Pilati, A
Pollicino, Macromol Rapid Commun 24 (2003) 1079
397. JM Yeh, SJ Liou, CG Lin, YP Chang, YH Yu, CF Cheng, J Appl Polym Sci
92 (2004) 1970
398. HW Wang, KC Chang, JM Yeh, SJ Liou, J Appl Polym Sci 91 (2004) 1368
399. HW Wang, KC Chang, HC Chu, SJ Liou, JM Yeh, J Appl Polym Sci 92
(2004) 2402
400. U Yilmazer, G Ozden, Polym Compos 27 (2006) 249
401. MW Noh, DC Lee, Polym Bull 42 (1999) 619
402. AB Morgan, LL Chu, JD Harris, Fire Mater 29 (2005) 213
403. G Chen, S Liu, S Chen, Z Qi, Macromol Chem Phys 202 (2001) 1189
![Page 92: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/92.jpg)
Introduction 91
372. Y Wang, J Xu, SE Bechtel, KW Koelling, Rheol Acta 45 (2006) 919
373. JI Sohn, CH Lee, ST Lim, TH Kim, HJ Choi, MS Jhon, J Mater Sci 38
(2003) 1849
374. S Qutubuddin, X Fu, Y Tajuddin, Polym Bull 48 (2002) 143
375. YT Lim, OO Park, Rheol Acta 40 (2001) 220
376. M Xiao, L Sun, J Liu, Y Li, K Gong, Polymer 43 (2002) 2245
377. S Chattopadhyay, A Datta, Synth Metals 155 (2005) 365
378. G Chigwada, D Wang, DD Jiang, CA Wilkie, Polym Degrad Stab 91
(2006) 755
379. X Zheng, CA Wilkie, Polym Degrad Stab 81 (2003) 539
380. WA Zhang, DZ Chen, HY Xu, XF Shen, YE Fang, Eur Polym J 39 (2003)
2323
381. J Zhang, X Wang, L Lu, D Li, X Yang, J Appl Polym Sci 87 (2003) 381
382. MV Burmistr, KM Sukhyy, VV Shilov, P Pissis, A Spanoudaki, IV Sukha,
VI Tomilo, YP Gomza, Polymer 46 (2005) 12226
383. CP Li, CM Huang, MT Hsieh, KH Wei, J Polym Sci Part A: Polym Chem
43 (2005) 534
384. CI Park, WM Choi, MH Kim, OO Park, J Polym Sci Part B: Polym Phys 42
(2004) 1685
385. S Tanoue, LA Utracki, A Garcia-Rejon, J Tatibouet, KC Cole, MR Kamal,
Polym Eng Sci, 44 (2004) 1046
386. S Tanoue, LA Utracki, A Garcia-Rejon, P Sammut, MT Ton-That, I Pesneau,
MR Kamal, J Lyngaae-Jørgensen, Polym Eng Sci, 44 (2004) 1061
387. S Tanoue, LA Utracki, A Garcia-Rejon, J Tatibouet, MR Kamal, Polym
Eng Sci, 45 (2005) 827
92 Chapter 1
388. MJ Chang, JY Tsai, CW Chang, HM Chang, GJ Jiang, J Appl Polym Sci
103 (2007) 3680
389. YT Lim, OO Park, Macromol Rapid Commun 21 (2000) 231
390. SD Argoti, S Reeder, H Zhao, DA Shipp, Polym Prepr 43 (2002) 267
391. H Zhao, SD Argoti, BP Farrell, DA Shipp, J Polym Sci Part A: Polym
Chem 42 (2004) 916
392. JW Gilman, S Bourbigot, JR Shields, M Nyden, T Kashiwagi, RD Davis,
DL Vanderhart, W Demory, CA Wilkie, AB Morgan, J Harris, RE Lyon, J
Mater Sci 38 (2003) 4451
393. P Badheka, V Magadala, NG Devaraju, BI Lee, ES Kim, J Appl Polym Sci
99 (2006) 2815
394. O Morales-Teyssier, S Sanchez-Valdes, LF Ramos-de Valle, Macromol
Mater Eng 291 (2006) 1547
395. M Mukherjee, N Deshmukh, SK Kulkarni, Appl Surface Sci 218 (2003) 323
396. FA Bottino, E Fabbri, IL Fragala, G Malandrino, A Orestano, F Pilati, A
Pollicino, Macromol Rapid Commun 24 (2003) 1079
397. JM Yeh, SJ Liou, CG Lin, YP Chang, YH Yu, CF Cheng, J Appl Polym Sci
92 (2004) 1970
398. HW Wang, KC Chang, JM Yeh, SJ Liou, J Appl Polym Sci 91 (2004) 1368
399. HW Wang, KC Chang, HC Chu, SJ Liou, JM Yeh, J Appl Polym Sci 92
(2004) 2402
400. U Yilmazer, G Ozden, Polym Compos 27 (2006) 249
401. MW Noh, DC Lee, Polym Bull 42 (1999) 619
402. AB Morgan, LL Chu, JD Harris, Fire Mater 29 (2005) 213
403. G Chen, S Liu, S Chen, Z Qi, Macromol Chem Phys 202 (2001) 1189
![Page 93: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/93.jpg)
Introduction 93
404. HA Essawy, AS Badran, AM Youssef, AA Abd El-Hakim, Macromol Chem
Phys 205 (2004) 2366
405. Y Li, H Ishida, Macromolecules 38 (2005) 6513
406. N Hasegawa, H Okamoto, M Kawasumi, A Usuki, J Appl Polym Sci 74
(1999) 3359
407. J Zhang, DD Jiang, D Wang, CA Wilkie, Polym Adv Technol 16 (2005) 800
408. D Wang, CA Wilkie, Polym Degrad Stab 80 (2003) 171
409. TH Kim, ST Lim, CH Lee, HJ Choi, MS Jhon, J Appl Polym Sci 87 (2003)
2106
410. AB Morgan, JD Harris, Polymer 45 (2004) 8695
411. JM Hwu, TH Ko, WT Yang, JC Lin, GJ Jiang, W Xie, WP Pan, J Appl
Polym Sci 91 (2004) 101
412. S Bellayer, JW Gilman, N Eidelman, S Bourbigot, X Flambard, DM Fox,
HC DeLong, PC Trulove, Adv Funct Mater 15 (2005) 910
413. TE Chang, A Kisliuk, SM Rhodes, WJ Brittain, AP Sokolov, Polymer 47
(2006) 7740
414. CC Hsiao, TS Lin, LY Cheng, CCM Ma, ACM Yang, Macromolecules 38
(2005) 4811
415. K Litina, A Miriouni, D Gournis, MA Karakassides, N Georgiou, E
Klontzas, E Ntoukas, A Avgeropoulos, Eur Polym J 42 (2006) 2098
416. Z Yang, B Dong, Y Huang, L Liu, FY Yan, HL Li, Mater Chem Phys 94
(2005) 109
417. Z Wang, G Xie, X Wang, Z Zhang, J Appl Polym Sci 100 (2006) 4434
418. G Chigwada, P Jash, DD Jiang, CA Wilkie, Polym Degrad Stab 88 (2005)
382
419. GH Chen, DJ Wu, WG Weng, B He, Wl Yan, Polym Int 50 (2001) 980
94 Chapter 1
420. C Celik, SB Warner, J Appl Polym Sci 103 (2007) 645
421. FM Uhl, CA Wilkie, Polym Degrad Stab 76 (2002) 111
422. O Meincke, B Hoffmann, C Dietrich, C Friedrich, Macromol Chem Phys
204 (2003) 823
423. D Lopez, I Cendoya, F Torres, J Tejada, C Mijangos, Polym Eng Sci 41
(2001) 1845
424. L Jiang, W Sun, J Kim, Mater Chem Phys 101 (2007) 291
425. Z Dong, Z Liu, J Zhang, B Han, D Sun, Y Wang, Y Huang, J Appl Polym
Sci 94 (2004) 1194
426. S Bourbigot, DL Vanderhart, JW Gilman, WH Awad, RD Davis, AB
Morgan, CA Wilkie, J Polym Sci Part B Polym Phys 41 (2003) 3188
427. X Fu, S Qutubuddin, Mater Lett 42 (2000) 12
428. X Fu, S Qutubuddin, Polymer 42 (2001) 807
429. WA Zhang, XF Shen, MF Liu, YE Fang, J Appl Polym Sci 90 (2003) 1692
430. G Chen, S Liu, S Zhang, Z Qi, Macromol Rapid Commun 21 (2000) 746
431. TH Kim, LW Jang, DC Lee, HJ Choi, MS Jhon, Macromol Rapid Commun
23 (2002) 191
432. H Li, Y Yu, Y Yang, Eur Polym J 41 (2005) 2016
433. CCM Ma, YJ Chen, HC Kuan, J Appl Polym Sci 100 (2006) 508
434. RV Kumar, Y Koltypin, O Palchik, A Gedanken, J Appl Polym Sci 86
(2002) 160
435. PS Nair, T Radhakrishnan, N Revaprasadu, GA Kolawole, AS Luyt, V
Djokovic, J Mater Sci 40 (2005) 4407
436. DY Wang, J Zhu, Q Yao, CA Wilkie, Chem Mater 14 (2002) 3837
437. Y Rong, HZ Chen, G Wu, M Wang, Mater Chem Phys 91 (2005) 370
![Page 94: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/94.jpg)
Introduction 93
404. HA Essawy, AS Badran, AM Youssef, AA Abd El-Hakim, Macromol Chem
Phys 205 (2004) 2366
405. Y Li, H Ishida, Macromolecules 38 (2005) 6513
406. N Hasegawa, H Okamoto, M Kawasumi, A Usuki, J Appl Polym Sci 74
(1999) 3359
407. J Zhang, DD Jiang, D Wang, CA Wilkie, Polym Adv Technol 16 (2005) 800
408. D Wang, CA Wilkie, Polym Degrad Stab 80 (2003) 171
409. TH Kim, ST Lim, CH Lee, HJ Choi, MS Jhon, J Appl Polym Sci 87 (2003)
2106
410. AB Morgan, JD Harris, Polymer 45 (2004) 8695
411. JM Hwu, TH Ko, WT Yang, JC Lin, GJ Jiang, W Xie, WP Pan, J Appl
Polym Sci 91 (2004) 101
412. S Bellayer, JW Gilman, N Eidelman, S Bourbigot, X Flambard, DM Fox,
HC DeLong, PC Trulove, Adv Funct Mater 15 (2005) 910
413. TE Chang, A Kisliuk, SM Rhodes, WJ Brittain, AP Sokolov, Polymer 47
(2006) 7740
414. CC Hsiao, TS Lin, LY Cheng, CCM Ma, ACM Yang, Macromolecules 38
(2005) 4811
415. K Litina, A Miriouni, D Gournis, MA Karakassides, N Georgiou, E
Klontzas, E Ntoukas, A Avgeropoulos, Eur Polym J 42 (2006) 2098
416. Z Yang, B Dong, Y Huang, L Liu, FY Yan, HL Li, Mater Chem Phys 94
(2005) 109
417. Z Wang, G Xie, X Wang, Z Zhang, J Appl Polym Sci 100 (2006) 4434
418. G Chigwada, P Jash, DD Jiang, CA Wilkie, Polym Degrad Stab 88 (2005)
382
419. GH Chen, DJ Wu, WG Weng, B He, Wl Yan, Polym Int 50 (2001) 980
94 Chapter 1
420. C Celik, SB Warner, J Appl Polym Sci 103 (2007) 645
421. FM Uhl, CA Wilkie, Polym Degrad Stab 76 (2002) 111
422. O Meincke, B Hoffmann, C Dietrich, C Friedrich, Macromol Chem Phys
204 (2003) 823
423. D Lopez, I Cendoya, F Torres, J Tejada, C Mijangos, Polym Eng Sci 41
(2001) 1845
424. L Jiang, W Sun, J Kim, Mater Chem Phys 101 (2007) 291
425. Z Dong, Z Liu, J Zhang, B Han, D Sun, Y Wang, Y Huang, J Appl Polym
Sci 94 (2004) 1194
426. S Bourbigot, DL Vanderhart, JW Gilman, WH Awad, RD Davis, AB
Morgan, CA Wilkie, J Polym Sci Part B Polym Phys 41 (2003) 3188
427. X Fu, S Qutubuddin, Mater Lett 42 (2000) 12
428. X Fu, S Qutubuddin, Polymer 42 (2001) 807
429. WA Zhang, XF Shen, MF Liu, YE Fang, J Appl Polym Sci 90 (2003) 1692
430. G Chen, S Liu, S Zhang, Z Qi, Macromol Rapid Commun 21 (2000) 746
431. TH Kim, LW Jang, DC Lee, HJ Choi, MS Jhon, Macromol Rapid Commun
23 (2002) 191
432. H Li, Y Yu, Y Yang, Eur Polym J 41 (2005) 2016
433. CCM Ma, YJ Chen, HC Kuan, J Appl Polym Sci 100 (2006) 508
434. RV Kumar, Y Koltypin, O Palchik, A Gedanken, J Appl Polym Sci 86
(2002) 160
435. PS Nair, T Radhakrishnan, N Revaprasadu, GA Kolawole, AS Luyt, V
Djokovic, J Mater Sci 40 (2005) 4407
436. DY Wang, J Zhu, Q Yao, CA Wilkie, Chem Mater 14 (2002) 3837
437. Y Rong, HZ Chen, G Wu, M Wang, Mater Chem Phys 91 (2005) 370
![Page 95: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/95.jpg)
Introduction 95
438. Y Yang, P Wang, Polymer 47 (2006) 2683
439. DW Chae, BC Kim, Polym Adv Technol 16 (2005) 846
440. A Akelah, A Rehab, T Agag, M Betiha, J Appl Polym Sci 103 (2007) 3739
441. TR Hull, D Price, Y Liu, CL Wills, J Brady, Polym Degrad Stab 82 (2003)
365
442. M Zanetti, G Camino, R Mulhaupt, Polym Degrad Stab 74 (2001) 413
443. JK Pandey, KR Reddy, AP Kumar, RP Singh, Polym Degrad Stab 88
(2005) 234
444. M Zanetti, G Camino, R Thomann, R Mulhaupt, Polymer 42 (2001) 4501
445. Mc Neill LS, Comprehensive Polymer Science, Oxford, Pergamon Press 6
(1989)
446. G Camino, R Sgobbi, S Colombier, C Scelza, Fire Mater 24 (2000) 85
447. V Pasanovic-Zujo, RK Gupta, SN Bhattacharya, Rheol Acta 43 (2004) 99
448. FP La Mantia, NT Dintcheva, Polym Test 25 (2006) 701
449. A Riva, M Zanetti, M Braglia, G Camino, L Falqui, Polym Degrad Stab 77
(2002) 299
450. S Peeterbroeck, F Laoutid, B Swoboda, J Lopez-Cuesta, N Moreau, JB
Nagy, M Alexandre, P Dubois, Macromol Rapid Commun 28 (2007) 260
451. H Acharya, SK Srivastava, AK Bhowmick, Polym Eng Sci 46 (2006) 837
452. FP La Mantia, SL Verso, NT Dintcheva, Macromol Mater Eng 287 (2002) 909
453. G Beyer, Fire Mater 25 (2001) 193
454. G Chauve, L Heux, R Arouini, K Mazeau, Biomacromolecules 6 (2005) 2025
455. W Zhang, D Chen, Q Zhao, Y Fang, Polymer 44 (2003) 7953
456. X Li, C Ha, J Appl Polym Sci 87 (2003) 1901
96 Chapter 1
457. F Bellucci, G Camino, A Frache, V Ristori, L Sorrentino, S Iannace, X
Bian, M Guardasole, S Vaccaro, e-Polymers 014 (2006) 1
458. CH Jeon, SH Ryu, YW Chang, Polym Int 52 (2003) 153
459. M Alexandre, G Beyer, C Henrist, R Cloots, A Rulmont, R Jerome, R
Dubois, Macromol Rapid Commun 22(2001) 643
460. Y Tang, Y Hu, SF Wang, Z Gui, Z Chen, W C Fan, Polym Degrad Stab 78
(2002) 555
461. Y Tang, Y Hu, J Wang, R Zong, Z Gui, Z Chen, Y Zhuang, W Fan, J Appl
Polym Sci 91 (2004) 2416
462. M Pramanik, SK Srivastava, BK Samantaray, AK Bhowmick, J Mater Sci
Lett 20 (2001) 1377
463. M Pramanik, SK Srivastava, BK Samantaray, AK Bhowmick, J Polym Sci
Part B: Polym Phys 40 (2002) 2065
464. M Pramanik, SK Srivastava, BK Samantaray, AK Bhowmick, J Appl Polym
Sci 87 (2003) 2216
465. M Pramanik, H Acharya, SK Srivastava, Macromol Mater Eng 289 (2004)
562
466. SK Srivastava, M Pramanik, H Acharya, J Polym Sci Part B: Polym Phys
44 (2006) 471
467. M Gelfer, C Burger, C Avila-Orta, L Yang, I Sics, BS Hsiao, B Chu, M Si,
M Rafailovich, BB Sauer, WJ Choi, SC Kim, Proceedings of the
International Symposium on Polymer Nanocomposites Science and
Technology, Boucherville, Quebec, Canada, (2003) 10
468. M Gelfer, HH Song, L Liu, C Avila-Orta, L Yang, M Si, B Hsiao, B Chu, M
Rafailovich, A H Tsou, Polym Eng Sci 42 (2002) 1841
469. MY Gelfer, C Burger, B Chu, BS Hsiao, AD Drozdov, M Si, M Rafailovich,
BB Sauer, JW Gilman, Macromolecules 38 (2005) 3765
![Page 96: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/96.jpg)
Introduction 95
438. Y Yang, P Wang, Polymer 47 (2006) 2683
439. DW Chae, BC Kim, Polym Adv Technol 16 (2005) 846
440. A Akelah, A Rehab, T Agag, M Betiha, J Appl Polym Sci 103 (2007) 3739
441. TR Hull, D Price, Y Liu, CL Wills, J Brady, Polym Degrad Stab 82 (2003)
365
442. M Zanetti, G Camino, R Mulhaupt, Polym Degrad Stab 74 (2001) 413
443. JK Pandey, KR Reddy, AP Kumar, RP Singh, Polym Degrad Stab 88
(2005) 234
444. M Zanetti, G Camino, R Thomann, R Mulhaupt, Polymer 42 (2001) 4501
445. Mc Neill LS, Comprehensive Polymer Science, Oxford, Pergamon Press 6
(1989)
446. G Camino, R Sgobbi, S Colombier, C Scelza, Fire Mater 24 (2000) 85
447. V Pasanovic-Zujo, RK Gupta, SN Bhattacharya, Rheol Acta 43 (2004) 99
448. FP La Mantia, NT Dintcheva, Polym Test 25 (2006) 701
449. A Riva, M Zanetti, M Braglia, G Camino, L Falqui, Polym Degrad Stab 77
(2002) 299
450. S Peeterbroeck, F Laoutid, B Swoboda, J Lopez-Cuesta, N Moreau, JB
Nagy, M Alexandre, P Dubois, Macromol Rapid Commun 28 (2007) 260
451. H Acharya, SK Srivastava, AK Bhowmick, Polym Eng Sci 46 (2006) 837
452. FP La Mantia, SL Verso, NT Dintcheva, Macromol Mater Eng 287 (2002) 909
453. G Beyer, Fire Mater 25 (2001) 193
454. G Chauve, L Heux, R Arouini, K Mazeau, Biomacromolecules 6 (2005) 2025
455. W Zhang, D Chen, Q Zhao, Y Fang, Polymer 44 (2003) 7953
456. X Li, C Ha, J Appl Polym Sci 87 (2003) 1901
96 Chapter 1
457. F Bellucci, G Camino, A Frache, V Ristori, L Sorrentino, S Iannace, X
Bian, M Guardasole, S Vaccaro, e-Polymers 014 (2006) 1
458. CH Jeon, SH Ryu, YW Chang, Polym Int 52 (2003) 153
459. M Alexandre, G Beyer, C Henrist, R Cloots, A Rulmont, R Jerome, R
Dubois, Macromol Rapid Commun 22(2001) 643
460. Y Tang, Y Hu, SF Wang, Z Gui, Z Chen, W C Fan, Polym Degrad Stab 78
(2002) 555
461. Y Tang, Y Hu, J Wang, R Zong, Z Gui, Z Chen, Y Zhuang, W Fan, J Appl
Polym Sci 91 (2004) 2416
462. M Pramanik, SK Srivastava, BK Samantaray, AK Bhowmick, J Mater Sci
Lett 20 (2001) 1377
463. M Pramanik, SK Srivastava, BK Samantaray, AK Bhowmick, J Polym Sci
Part B: Polym Phys 40 (2002) 2065
464. M Pramanik, SK Srivastava, BK Samantaray, AK Bhowmick, J Appl Polym
Sci 87 (2003) 2216
465. M Pramanik, H Acharya, SK Srivastava, Macromol Mater Eng 289 (2004)
562
466. SK Srivastava, M Pramanik, H Acharya, J Polym Sci Part B: Polym Phys
44 (2006) 471
467. M Gelfer, C Burger, C Avila-Orta, L Yang, I Sics, BS Hsiao, B Chu, M Si,
M Rafailovich, BB Sauer, WJ Choi, SC Kim, Proceedings of the
International Symposium on Polymer Nanocomposites Science and
Technology, Boucherville, Quebec, Canada, (2003) 10
468. M Gelfer, HH Song, L Liu, C Avila-Orta, L Yang, M Si, B Hsiao, B Chu, M
Rafailovich, A H Tsou, Polym Eng Sci 42 (2002) 1841
469. MY Gelfer, C Burger, B Chu, BS Hsiao, AD Drozdov, M Si, M Rafailovich,
BB Sauer, JW Gilman, Macromolecules 38 (2005) 3765
![Page 97: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/97.jpg)
Introduction 97
470. S Duquesne, C Jama, M Le Bras, R Delobel, P Recourt, JM Gloaguen,
Compos Sci Technol 63 (2003) 1141
471. F Zhang, U Sundararaj, Polym Compos 25 (2004) 535
472. F Gao, G Beyer, Q Yuan, Polym Degrad Stab 89 (2005) 559
473. R Prasad, V Pasanovic-Zujo, RK Gupta, F Cser, SN Bhattacharya, Polym
Eng Sci 44 (2004) 1220
474. DS Chaudhary, R Prasad, RK Gupta, SN Bhattacharya, Thermochim Acta
433 (2005) 187
475. R Prasad, RK Gupta, F Cser, SN Bhattacharya, J Appl Polym Sci 101
(2006) 2127
476. BR Guduri, AS Luyt, J Appl Polym Sci 103 (2007) 4095
477. H Zou, Q Ma, Y Tian, S Wu, J Shen, Polym Compos 27 (2006) 529
478. P Fang, Z Chen, S Zhang, S Wang, L Wang, J Feng, Polym Int 55 (2006)
312
479. H Lu, Y Hu, Q Kong, Z Chen, W Fan, Polym Adv Technol 16 (2005) 688
480. H Lu, Y Hu, Q Kong, Y Cai, Z Chen, W Fan, Polym Adv Technol 15 (2004)
601
481. M Alexandre, G Beyer, C Henrist, R Cloots, A Rulmont, R Jerome, P
Dubois, Chem Mater 13 (2001) 3830
482. L Qiu, R Xie, P Ding, B Qu, Compos Struct 62 (2003) 393
483. J Sharif, W Yunus, K Dahlan, M Ahmad, J Appl Polym Sci 100 (2006) 353
484. F Cser, SN Bhattacharya, J Appl Polym Sci 90 (2003) 3026
485. Y Tang, Y Hu, J Xiao, J Wang, L Song, W Fan, Polym Adv Technol 16
(2005) 338
486. M Valera-Zaragoza, E Ramýrez-Vargas, FJ Medellýn-Rodrýguez, BM
Huerta-Martýnez, Polym Degrad Stab 91 (2006) 1319
98 Chapter 1
487. S Peeterbroeck, M Alexandre, JB Nagy, C Pirlot, A Fonseca, N Moreau, G
Philippin, J Delhalle, Z Mekhalif, R Sporken, G Beyer, P Dubois, Compos
Sci Technol 64 (2004) 2317
488. MC Costache, DD Jiang, C A Wilkie, Polymer 46 (2005) 6947
489. W Gianelli, G Camino, NT Dintcheva, SL Verso, FP La Mantia, Macromol
Mater Eng 289 (2004) 238
490. R Thomas, S Durix, C Sinturel, T Omonov, S Goossens, G Groeninckx, P
Moldenaers, S Thomas, Polymer 48 (2007) 1695
491. PA Sreekumar, K Joseph, G Unnikrishnan, S Thomas, Compos Sci
Technol 67 (2007) 453
492. S Jose, SP Thomas, S Thomas, J Karger-Kocsis, Polymer 47 (2006) 6328
493. B Francis, VL Rao, GV Poel, F Posada, G Groeninckx, R Ramaswamy, S
Thomas, Polymer 47(2006) 5411
494. VG Geethamma, S Thomas, J Adhes Sci Technol 18 (2006) 951
495. R Stephen, S Varghese, K Joseph, Z Oommen, S Thomas, J Memb Sci
282 (2006) 162
496. R Stephen, R Alex, T Cherian, S Varghese, K Joseph, S Thomas, J Appl
Polym Sci 101 (2006) 2355
497. R Stephen, C Ranganathaiah, S Varghese, K Joseph, S Thomas,
Polymer 47 (2006) 858
![Page 98: Introduction - Shodhgangashodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7079/9/09... · 2015-12-04 · Polymer Science 2 Chapter 1 1.1. Introduction Combining and orienting materials](https://reader033.vdocument.in/reader033/viewer/2022060310/5f0aa27b7e708231d42c9687/html5/thumbnails/98.jpg)
Introduction 97
470. S Duquesne, C Jama, M Le Bras, R Delobel, P Recourt, JM Gloaguen,
Compos Sci Technol 63 (2003) 1141
471. F Zhang, U Sundararaj, Polym Compos 25 (2004) 535
472. F Gao, G Beyer, Q Yuan, Polym Degrad Stab 89 (2005) 559
473. R Prasad, V Pasanovic-Zujo, RK Gupta, F Cser, SN Bhattacharya, Polym
Eng Sci 44 (2004) 1220
474. DS Chaudhary, R Prasad, RK Gupta, SN Bhattacharya, Thermochim Acta
433 (2005) 187
475. R Prasad, RK Gupta, F Cser, SN Bhattacharya, J Appl Polym Sci 101
(2006) 2127
476. BR Guduri, AS Luyt, J Appl Polym Sci 103 (2007) 4095
477. H Zou, Q Ma, Y Tian, S Wu, J Shen, Polym Compos 27 (2006) 529
478. P Fang, Z Chen, S Zhang, S Wang, L Wang, J Feng, Polym Int 55 (2006)
312
479. H Lu, Y Hu, Q Kong, Z Chen, W Fan, Polym Adv Technol 16 (2005) 688
480. H Lu, Y Hu, Q Kong, Y Cai, Z Chen, W Fan, Polym Adv Technol 15 (2004)
601
481. M Alexandre, G Beyer, C Henrist, R Cloots, A Rulmont, R Jerome, P
Dubois, Chem Mater 13 (2001) 3830
482. L Qiu, R Xie, P Ding, B Qu, Compos Struct 62 (2003) 393
483. J Sharif, W Yunus, K Dahlan, M Ahmad, J Appl Polym Sci 100 (2006) 353
484. F Cser, SN Bhattacharya, J Appl Polym Sci 90 (2003) 3026
485. Y Tang, Y Hu, J Xiao, J Wang, L Song, W Fan, Polym Adv Technol 16
(2005) 338
486. M Valera-Zaragoza, E Ramýrez-Vargas, FJ Medellýn-Rodrýguez, BM
Huerta-Martýnez, Polym Degrad Stab 91 (2006) 1319
98 Chapter 1
487. S Peeterbroeck, M Alexandre, JB Nagy, C Pirlot, A Fonseca, N Moreau, G
Philippin, J Delhalle, Z Mekhalif, R Sporken, G Beyer, P Dubois, Compos
Sci Technol 64 (2004) 2317
488. MC Costache, DD Jiang, C A Wilkie, Polymer 46 (2005) 6947
489. W Gianelli, G Camino, NT Dintcheva, SL Verso, FP La Mantia, Macromol
Mater Eng 289 (2004) 238
490. R Thomas, S Durix, C Sinturel, T Omonov, S Goossens, G Groeninckx, P
Moldenaers, S Thomas, Polymer 48 (2007) 1695
491. PA Sreekumar, K Joseph, G Unnikrishnan, S Thomas, Compos Sci
Technol 67 (2007) 453
492. S Jose, SP Thomas, S Thomas, J Karger-Kocsis, Polymer 47 (2006) 6328
493. B Francis, VL Rao, GV Poel, F Posada, G Groeninckx, R Ramaswamy, S
Thomas, Polymer 47(2006) 5411
494. VG Geethamma, S Thomas, J Adhes Sci Technol 18 (2006) 951
495. R Stephen, S Varghese, K Joseph, Z Oommen, S Thomas, J Memb Sci
282 (2006) 162
496. R Stephen, R Alex, T Cherian, S Varghese, K Joseph, S Thomas, J Appl
Polym Sci 101 (2006) 2355
497. R Stephen, C Ranganathaiah, S Varghese, K Joseph, S Thomas,
Polymer 47 (2006) 858